B C SANITAN A TRADITION OF EXCELLENCE WWW.BCSANITAN.CO.UK

TRADITION OF EXCELLENCE In a world where fashions come and go continues to stand for values that are offering you an experience so rewarding passing trends. A promise of timeless sty delight your eye, with a standard of qualit www.bcsanitan.co.uk

CRAFTMANSHIP NO MAN CAN EQUAL Every piece from B.C. Sanitan is crafted in the heart of the English Potteries using skills handed down through the generations. The finest china clay is taken from the mould and lovingly smoothed by hand before firing. Pieces are then coated with not one but three separate layers of glaze – again by hand – to achieve the sparkling, glassy depth that characterises the B.C. Sanitan finish. Each piece is checked by our inspectors at every stage of the production process. For our customers it is perfection, or nothing. A LIFETIME OF PLEASURE, GUARANTEED Timeless quality deserves a timeless guarantee, and that’s what you get with B.C. Sanitan. Your investment is protected by nothing less than a Lifetime Guarantee on all sanitaryware. HANDCRAFTED AT OUR PREMISES IN THE HEART OF THE ENGLISH POTTERIES

QUALITY OF CHOICE Choose from the Classical or Traditional design bathroom suites to suit your personal taste or maybe to fit in with an established architectural or decor style within your home. Then choose the finishing touches from our ranges of gleaming brassware and accessories. Choose the quality that’s B.C. Sanitan and you know you’ve made the right choice.

CONTENTS CLASSICAL COLLECTION 6 Highgrove 10 Damea 14 Balasani TRADITIONAL COLLECTION 20 Belgravia 24 Nouveau 28 Victorian 34 BATHS 36 BRASSWARE & ACCESSORIES 45 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

CLASSICAL COLLECTION These designs each have a subtle personality that allows them to become whatever you want them to be. You can bring them into a strongly period-inspired scheme or, with a change of brassware and accessories, they can be equally at home in a more neutral setting. The beauty is, you decide.

HIGHGROVE You could be forgiven for thinking that the inspiration for the distinctive Highgrove design was purely 21st Century, but in fact this suite’s design cue came from the beautiful elliptical deepsided shape of an original 1920’s piece. Perfect proof that classic design reaches out from its own time to inspire future generations.

With Highgrove you can choose the close coupled closet and cistern or, alternatively, consider the classically continental styled back-to-wall closet (shown opposite). The uniquely styled basins complete a highly individual look. The brassware featured is Highgrove (page 37) and the accessories are Berkeley (page 42).

HIGHGROVE COLLECTION 1 610mm basin & pedestal (0, 1 or 3 tap hole) 2 490mm cloakroom basin (1 or 3 tap hole) 3 580mm semi countertop basin (1 or 3 tap hole) 4 520mm vanity basin (1 or 3 tap hole)

The Highgrove Collection gives you the choices you need to arrange your ideal bathroom. A back-to-wall closet creates a minimalist look, while the closecoupled closet and cistern gives a more familiar feel with the added refinement of a soft-touch top flush action. You can add a bidet and, of course, the matching bath created specially for Highgrove. The Highgrove suite is available in White only. Closet seat and lid are also only available in White. 5 Back to wall closet 6 Freestanding bath 7 Close coupled closet & cistern 8 Freestanding / back to wall bidet (1 tap hole)

DAMEA The striking square-edged form of the Damea basin sets the styling keynote that is pleasingly repeated in the Damea closet, cistern and bidet, effortlessly bridging the century-or-so gap between the traditional and the classical bathroom. Damea settles comfortably into either millennium.

DAMEA COLLECTION 1 650mm basin & semi-pedestal (0, 1 or 3 tap hole) 2 650mm basin & pedestal (0, 1 or 3 tap hole) 3 Back to wall closet 4 Freestanding / back to wall bidet (1 tap hole) 5 Close coupled closet & cistern (top action) 6 Wall mounted closet 7 Wall mounted bidet (1 tap hole)

With options of wall mounted and back-to-wall pieces as well as the familiar close coupled closet and cistern the Damea design is amazingly versatile. The Damea suite is available in White only. Closet seat and lid are also only available in White. 8 To further enhance its looks and for convenience, the pipework at the rear of the Damea close coupled closet is hidden behind a vitreous china infill panel. If plumbing access is ever needed, the panel simply lifts away from its magnetic mountings.

BALASANI By taking the period-style splashback and reducing it in size Balasani achieves a more subtle, more versatile look. Teamed with the right brassware it could also be perfectly at home in a distinctly non-traditional setting. The splashback feature is elegantly repeated on the cistern and bidet.

The 600mm Balasani basin can look equally at home in your en suite, while the choice of old-world low level or modern close coupled cistern arrangement is another example of this suite’s ability to span different eras of home design.

White (Blue Logo) Old English White (Blue Logo) BALASANI COLLECTION 1 600mm basin & pedestal (2 or 3 tap hole) 2 Vanity inset basin (2 or 3 tap hole) 3 Low level closet & cistern 4 Close coupled closet & cistern 5 Freestanding / back to wall bidet (1 tap hole)

TRADITIONAL COLLECTION The craftspeople of the English Potteries have a tradition of excellence that goes back more than two centuries, so nothing comes more naturally to them than to help those wonderfully characterful looks of yesteryear live again. And now, with the benefits of today’s firing and glazing technology, they can reach standards of quality and finish that their grandparents couldn’t even dream of.

BELGRAVIA The fluted column has always been one of the essential defining features of period styling. The look is full of character and wonderfully evocative, used here to subtle effect on Belgravia’s pedestal, closet and bidet. The cistern’s breakfront shape is another charming traditional detail.

Belgravia combines elegance with exceptional versatility. The choice of cistern arrangements allows you to indulge your period bathroom styling ideas as far as you like, while allowing you to repeat the same look in your cloakroom or en suite. Belgravia is shown with Victorian brassware in chrome (page 39)

White (Blue Logo) Old English White (Blue Logo) The Belgravia suite is available in a choice of White or Old English White. Closet seats are available in four solid wood finishes, see page 44. BELGRAVIA COLLECTION 1 635mm basin & fluted pedestal (2 or 3 tap hole) 2 635mm basin & unfluted pedestal (2 or 3 tap hole) 3 Coquet vanity inset basin (2 or 3 tap hole) 4 Freestanding bidet (1 tap hole) 5 Close coupled closet & cistern 6 High level closet & cistern 7 Low level closet & cistern

NOUVEAU The curvaceous lines of Nouveau bring a slightly softer, gentler charm to a traditional bathroom setting. The generous proportions of the pieces add a sense of grandeur for those who like to make a bold statement in their home styling

A choice of cistern styles allows you to create your own take on period-style perfection. You can echo the look in your cloakroom or en suite. Nouveau is shown in the en suite with Berkeley brassware in chrome (page 38) and Berkeley accessories (page 42).

NOUVEAU COLLECTION White (Blue Logo) Old English White (Blue Logo) 1 590mm basin & pedestal (2 tap hole) 2 665mm basin & pedestal (2 or 3 tap hole) 3 Cloakroom basin (1 or 2 tap hole) 4 Freestanding / back to wall bidet (1 tap hole) 5 High level closet & cistern 6 Close coupled closet & cistern 7 Low level closet & cistern

Nouveau is available in White or Old English White. The solid wood closet seats are available in a choice of Pine, Mahogany, Light Oak or Medium Oak.

VICTORIAN For many people the very epitome of the traditional bathroom look has to be Victorian, a celebration of confident square forms with distinctive high splashbacks. The basin, closet and cistern in this suite are based on authentic original pieces, the designs re-created by B.C. Sanitan craftsmen in all their gleaming glory.

The beauty of the Victorian look is in the strong detailing, from the options of a high level cistern to elegant basin stands that incorporate the cosy luxury of heated towel rails. A further, more modern refinement is a compact version of the Victorian basin to create an extra sense of space in your cloakroom or en suite. Victorian is shown with Victorian brassware in chrome (page 39) and B.C. Sanitan accessories in chrome (page 40).

VICTORIAN COLLECTION White (Blue Logo) Old English White (Blue Logo) White, Blue Pattern (Blue Logo) White, Victorian Garden (Blue Logo) The Victorian suite is available in a choice of White or Old English White. It is also available in a choice of decorated styles on White – choose from Blue Pattern or Victorian Garden. Closet seats are available in four solid wood finishes – see page 44. 1 635mm basin & fluted pedestal (2 or 3 tap hole) 2 635mm basin & unfluted pedestal (2 or 3 tap hole) 3 Inset basin (no tap hole) (White only, Blue Logo)

VICTORIAN COLLECTION 4 Corner basin (2 tap hole) 5 Cloakroom basin with Cloakroom heated towel rail 6 635mm basin with Classic heated towel rail 7 Cloakroom basin (2 tap hole)

8 Freestanding bidet (1 tap hole) 9 Close coupled closet & cistern 10 Low level closet & cistern 11 High level closet & cistern

MARK ANTHONY For sheer presence, the iconic cast iron double ended bath can make a dramatic focal point for your bathroom. It’s impressive enough even when not in use, but add some atmosphere, pour yourself a glass of your favourite wine and really soak away the evening in pure indulgence. The interior of the bath is finished in heavy white enamel, while the exterior surface is supplied unfinished ready for priming and painting to match your chosen scheme. 1750 x 815mm (2 tap hole). HIGHGROVE A showstopper in every sense, the Highgrove is guaranteed to get your bathroom noticed. The deep freestanding double ended acrylic bath is designed specifically for use with the Highgrove suite, but the style is still neutral enough for you to consider teaming it with the Damea suite, for instance. 1690 x 750mm (0 tap hole).

ETERNITY The Eternity acrylic bath will certainly live up to its name - enduring in both looks and quality. Choose from White or Old English White and with a further choice of four solid wood panel finishes (see Page 44). 1700 x 750mm & 1800 x 800mm (0 tap hole). CLASSIC Clean, simple styling is the hallmark of this bath in high quality acrylic. It is available in either White or Old English White. The solid wood panels, in a choice of four finishes complement the look to perfection. The classic style makes it perfect to use with any of the B.C. Sanitan suites. 1700 x 750mm (0 tap hole).

BRASSWARE & ACCESSORIES Whether your chosen B.C. Sanitan scheme is classical or traditional, this collection of brassware and accessories helps you add the all-important quality details – the magnificent, gleaming finishing touches for your chosen bathroom look. Unlike inferior copies, items shown in these pages are cast in solid brass for durability and protected beneath a choice of genuine chrome or Incalux (gold effect) finishes.

New Highgrove brassware carries a neutral look, with the superbly styled handwheels the dominant feature. The softly shaped oval base is another characteristic element HIGHGROVE BRASSWARE Available in Chrome only. 1 3 tap hole basin mixer 2 Basin monobloc mixer 3 Bidet monobloc mixer 4 3 tap hole wall mounted basin mixer 5 Bath / shower mixer (Highgrove range includes Highgrove floor mounting legs for use with bath / shower mixer).

BERKLEY BRASSWARE The lever style of Berkeley adds that extra touch of distinction with its combination of ceramic handles and gleaming chrome finish. Available in Chrome only. 1 Basin pillar taps 2 3 tap hole basin mixer 3 Bath / shower mixer 4 Bidet monobloc mixer 5 Basin monobloc mixer 6 Bath pillar taps 7 Bath filler

The epitome of Victorian styling, incorporating a look that has spanned the ages to remain as popular as ever. VICTORIAN BRASSWARE Available in Chrome or Incalux finishes. 1 3 tap hole basin mixer 2 3 tap hole basin mixer (Incalux) 3 Basin pillar taps 4 Exposed thermostatic shower 5 Basin monobloc mixer 6 Bath / shower mixer 7 Bidet monobloc mixer 8 Bath pillar taps 9 Bath filler

No bathroom is ever complete without those little finishing touches – the B.C. Sanitan accessories are both practical and stylish, with the sculpted corners to the mounting platform adding that charming period detailing to tie in with your chosen suite. B.C SANITAN ACCESSORIES Available in Chrome or Incalux finishes. 1 Sponge Basket 2 Sponge Basket (Incalux) 3 Soap Basket 4 Corner Basket 5 Towel Ring 6 Tumbler Holder & Glass Tumbler 7 495mm Glass Shelf 8 810mm Towel Rail 9 525mm Double Towel Rail

10 Toothbrush Holder 11 Soap Dish 12 Toilet Roll Holder 13 Robe Hook

Berkeley accessories offer a slightly softer and more neutral option, attributable to the less intricate and circular mounting platform. The style makes them an ideal partner for use with any of the B.C. Sanitan suites. BERKLEY ACCESSORIES Available in Chrome or Incalux finishes. 1 Soap Basket 2 Sponge Basket 3 Corner Basket 4 525mm Double Towel Rail 5 495mm Glass Shelf 6 810mm Towel Rail 7 Toilet Roll Holder 8 Toilet Roll Holder (Incalux)

9 Toothbrush Holder 10 Soap Dish 11 Tumbler Holder and Glass Tumbler 12 Robe Hook 13 Towel Ring

VICTORIAN HEATED TOWEL RAILS Designed specifically for use with the Victorian basins, B.C. Sanitan heated towel rails are the finest quality available, each one crafted in solid brass tubing. Available in a choice of Chrome or Incalux finishes. 1 Victorian Cloakroom heated towel rail 2 Victorian Classic heated towel rail WOOD FINISHES Mahogany Pine Light Oak Medium Oak B.C. Sanitan bath panels and closet seats* are made by our experienced craftsmen using only the best quality solid wood. All are available in a choice of four finishes to complement your chosen suite. *Seats available for use with Victorian, Belgravia, Balasani and Nouveau.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The information given within this section is to help in planning your bathroom more simply and confidently. All dimensions given over the forthcoming pages are in millimetres and at a scale of 1:20. They are given purely as an approximate size for guidance.

HIGHGROVE CLOSE COUPLED CLOSET & CISTERN HEIGHT 820MM BACK-TO-WALL CLOSET HEIGHT 450MM BIDET HEIGHT 400MM 610MM BASIN (0, 1 OR 3 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT WITH PEDESTAL 830MM 580MM SEMI COUNTERTOP BASIN (1 OR 3 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT 200MM 490MM CLOAKROOM BASIN (1 OR 3 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT 180MM 520MM VANITY BASIN (1 OR 3 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT 200MM ALL DIMENSIONS GIVEN ARE NOMINAL AND ARE IN MILLIMETRES. THEY ARE GIVEN PURELY AS AN APPROXIMATE SIZE FOR GUIDANCE.

BALASANI LOW LEVEL CLOSET & CISTERN HEIGHT 1070MM CLOSE COUPLED CLOSET & CISTERN HEIGHT 820MM BIDET HEIGHT 455MM 600MM BASIN (2 OR 3 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT WITH PEDESTAL 895MM 520MM VANITY INSET BASIN (2 OR 3 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT 235MM ALL DIMENSIONS GIVEN ARE NOMINAL AND ARE IN MILLIMETRES. THEY ARE GIVEN PURELY AS AN APPROXIMATE SIZE FOR GUIDANCE

DAMEA CLOSE COUPLED CLOSET & CISTERN HEIGHT 830MM WALL MOUNTED CLOSET HEIGHT 320MM (400MM FROM FLOOR) BACK-TO-WALL CLOSET HEIGHT 410MM BIDET (1 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT 420MM WALL MOUNTED BIDET (1 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT 320MM (400MM FROM FLOOR) 650MM BASIN (0, 1 OR 3 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT WITH PEDESTAL 820MM (495MM WITH SEMI PEDESTAL) ALL DIMENSIONS GIVEN ARE NOMINAL AND ARE IN MILLIMETRES. THEY ARE GIVEN PURELY AS AN APPROXIMATE SIZE FOR GUIDANCE.

BELGRAVIA HIGH LEVEL CLOSET & CISTERN HEIGHT 2380MM LOW LEVEL CLOSET & CISTERN HEIGHT 1010MM CLOSE COUPLED CLOSET & CISTERN HEIGHT 790MM BIDET (1 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT 375MM 635MM BASIN (2 OR 3 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT WITH PEDESTAL 920MM COQUET VANITY INSET BASIN (2 OR 3 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT 195MM ALL DIMENSIONS GIVEN ARE NOMINAL AND ARE IN MILLIMETRES. THEY ARE GIVEN PURELY AS AN APPROXIMATE SIZE FOR GUIDANCE.

NOUVEAU HIGH LEVEL CLOSET & CISTERN HEIGHT 2350MM LOW LEVEL CLOSET & CISTERN HEIGHT 1020MM CLOSE COUPLED CLOSET & CISTERN HEIGHT 790MM BIDET (1 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT 460MM 590MM BASIN (2 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT WITH PEDESTAL 925MM 665MM BASIN (2 OR 3 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT WITH PEDESTAL 925MM 495MM CLOAKROOM BASIN (1 OR 2 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT 220MM ALL DIMENSIONS GIVEN ARE NOMINAL AND ARE IN MILLIMETRES. THEY ARE GIVEN PURELY AS AN APPROXIMATE SIZE FOR GUIDANCE.

VICTORIAN HIGH LEVEL CLOSET & CISTERN HEIGHT 2380MM LOW LEVEL CLOSET & CISTERN HEIGHT 1010MM CLOSE COUPLED CLOSET & CISTERN HEIGHT 790MM BIDET (1 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT 375MM 635MM BASIN (2 OR 3 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT WITH PEDESTAL 910MM 510MM INSET BASIN (NO TAP HOLE) (WHITE ONLY) HEIGHT 225MM CORNER BASIN (2 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT 250MM 530MM CLOAKROOM BASIN (2 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT 245MM ALL DIMENSIONS GIVEN ARE NOMINAL AND ARE IN MILLIMETRES. THEY ARE GIVEN PURELY AS AN APPROXIMATE SIZE FOR GUIDANCE.

B.C SANITAN BATHS CLASSIC 1700 X 750MM ACRYLIC BATH (0 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT 505 - 570MM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF RIM MARK ANTHONY 1750 X 815MM FREESTANDING CAST IRON BATH (WHITE ENAMEL ONLY) (2 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT 650 - 660MM FLOOR TO RIM ETERNITY 1700 X 750MM & 1800 X 800MM ACRYLIC BATH (0 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT 610MM HIGHGROVE 1690 X 750MM FREESTANDING ACRYLIC BATH (0 TAP HOLE) HEIGHT 720MM

B.C SANITAN B.C. SANITAN BATHROOM SUITES All B.C. Sanitan sanitaryware is made to the highest quality standards and carries a lifetime guarantee against manufacturing defect. The Highgrove and Damea suites are available in White only, with or without Blue logo. The Victorian, Belgravia, Balasani and Nouveau suites are available in White with Blue logo as standard and Old English White with Blue logo on extended lead time. B.C. SANITAN BATHS All B.C. Sanitan baths are available in White, with the addition of the Classic and Eternity baths being available in Old English White on extended lead time. All B.C. Sanitan baths are manufactured from the highest quality acrylic and carry a lifetime guarantee against manufacturing defect. B.C. SANITAN BRASSWARE The Victorian and Berkeley ranges of brassware operate at high and low pressure. The Highgrove range operates at high pressure only (1.5 bar). All B.C. Sanitan brassware carries a 5 year guarantee against manufacturing defect. B.C. SANITAN WOODWORK All B.C. Sanitan woodwork carries a 2 year guarantee against manufacturing defect. B.C. SANITAN ACCESSORIES All B.C. Sanitan accessories and heated towel rails carry a 5 year guarantee against manufacturing defect. For full technical and installation information please contact Jacuzzi UK Aftercare Department on 01274 471886. B.C. Sanitan, Silverdale Road, Newcastle Under Lyme, Staffordshire, ST5 6EL. Telephone: 01782 717175 Sales Enquiries Telephone: 01274 471888 Facsimile: 01274 471856 Aftercare Enquiries Telephone: 01274 471886 www.bcsanitan.co.uk B.C. SANITAN BATHROOM SUITES All B.C. Sanitan sanitaryware is made to the highest quality standards and carries a lifetime guarantee against manufacturing defect. The Highgrove and Damea suites are available in White only, with or without Blue logo. The Victorian, Belgravia, Balasani and Nouveau suites are available in White with Blue logo as standard and Old English White with Blue logo on extended lead time. B.C. SANITAN BATHS All B.C. Sanitan baths are available in White, with the addition of the Classic and Eternity baths being available in Old English White on extended lead time. All B.C. Sanitan baths are manufactured from the highest quality acrylic and carry a lifetime guarantee against manufacturing defect. B.C. SANITAN BRASSWARE The Victorian and Berkeley ranges of brassware operate at high and low pressure. The Highgrove range operates at high pressure only (1.5 bar). All B.C. Sanitan brassware carries a 5 year guarantee against manufacturing defect. B.C. SANITAN WOODWORK All B.C. Sanitan woodwork carries a 2 year guarantee against manufacturing defect. B.C. SANITAN ACCESSORIES All B.C. Sanitan accessories and heated towel rails carry a 5 year guarantee against manufacturing defect. For full technical and installation information please contact Jacuzzi UK Aftercare Department on 01274 471886. INDEpendent bathr o om sPECIALISTS association IBSA Jacuzzi UK supports All descriptions, specifications and particulars etc. contained in this brochure are intended merely to represent a general idea of the goods described herein and none of these form part of any contract or give rise to independent collateral liability upon the company. Our policy is one of continuous improvement and we reserve the right to change specifications and designs at any time without notice. All colours in this brochure are as accurate as the printing process will allow.

B.C SANITAN SANITARYWARE MADE IN ENGLAND A TRADITION OF EXCELLENCE WWW.BCSANITAN.CO.UK

IMPERIAL 2010 BRINGING BATHROOMS TO LIFE, FOR LIFE €5

WELCOME BIENVENUE WILLKOMMEN BIENVENIDO ? ?? ? Welcome to Imperial.... Thank you for taking the time to look through our latest Design Guide and for considering our products. By investing in a timeless and modern classic from Imperial, you are choosing to increase the utility and value of your home today and for many years to come. At the Imperial Bathroom Company, we bring you the best in hand crafted ceramics, quality woods, delightfully carved stone & marble, along with precision engineered brassware. We are a family-run company, manufacturing in the UK and we want you to be delighted with the quality, design and craftsmanship of our products. To learn more about us and to discover how we can help make your bathroom space a unique area of tranquillity, sanctuary, and the utmost in style, call us on +44 1922 743074, or visit us online at www.imperial-bathrooms.com. Geoffrey Stevenson Chairman Bienvenue chez Imperial.... Nous vous remercions de consacrer quelques minutes à consulter notre tout dernier Guide sur l’univers design de nos salles de bains et d’étudier nos produits. En investissant dans un article classique moderne et intemporel proposé par Imperial, vous choisissez d’accentuer le côté utilitaire et de valoriser votre demeure, dès aujourd’hui et pour de nombreuses années à l’avenir. Chez Imperial Bathroom Company, nous vous proposons les articles les plus raffinés en céramique finition main, bois de qualité, pierre et marbre sculptés à ravir, ainsi qu’une quincaillerie d’art de précision. Notre entreprise familiale réalise ses fabrications au Royaume-Uni et notre but est de vous surprendre de plaisir par la qualité, la conception et le travail artisanal soigné de nos produits. Pour en savoir plus sur notre entreprise et pour découvrir comment nous pouvons vous aider à faire de l’espace de votre salle de bains un endroit unique de tranquillité, un sanctuaire dans un style incomparable, appelez-nous au +44 19 22 74 30 74, ou visitez notre site www.imperial-bathrooms.com. Geoffrey Stevenson Président Willkommen bei Imperial… Vielen Dank, dass Sie sich die Zeit genommen haben, unser Design-Handbuch durchzusehen und unsere Produkte in die engere Wahl zu ziehen. Mit Ihrer Investition in zeitlose und moderne Klassik von Imperial haben Sie sich für bessere Funktionalität und gesteigerten Wert Ihres Heims entschieden, der viele Jahre halten wird. In der Imperial Bathroom Company erhalten Sie handgefertigte Keramikprodukte bester Qualität, erstklassiges Holz, herrlichen gemeißelten Stein und Marmor sowie technisch hochpräzise Messingarmaturen. Als Familienunternehmen stellen wir ausschließlich in Großbritannien her, und es ist unser Wunsch, Sie mit der Qualität, dem Design und der Fertigung unserer Produkte vollauf zufrieden zu stellen. Um mehr über uns zu erfahren, und zu sehen, wie wir Ihnen bei der Umgestaltung Ihres Badezimmers in eine einzigartige Oase der Ruhe mit außerordentlichem Stil behilflich sein können, kontaktieren Sie uns unter +44 1922 743074 oder besuchen Sie uns online unter www.imperial-bathrooms.com. Geoffrey Stevenson Vorsitzender Bienvenido a Imperial.... Mucho agradecemos el tiempo dedicado a leer nuestra última Guía de Diseño y la consideración de nuestros productos. Invertir en un moderno y eterno clásico de Imperial incrementará la utilidad y el valor de su hogar ahora, y durante muchos años por venir Imperial Bathroom Company le ofrece lo mejor en cerámicas artesanales, maderas de calidad, piedra y mármol delicadamente tallados, al igual que broncería con ingeniería de precisión. Somos una empresa de familia, con fabricación en el Reino Unido, y queremos deleitarle con la calidad, diseño y artesanía de nuestros productos. Para mayor información sobre nuestra empresa, y para descubrir cómo podemos hacer de su sala de baño un exclusivo santuario de tranquilidad, y lo máximo en estilo, llámenos al +44 1922 743074, o visítenos en línea en www.imperial-bathrooms.com. Geoffrey Stevenson Presidente ?? ?? ? ? ?? ?? ?? ? ?? ? ? ?? ? ? ?? ?? ?? ? ?? ? ? ?? ?? ?? ? ? ?? ? ?? ? ? ?? ?? ? ?? ? ? ?? ? ?? ?? ? ? ?? ?? ? ?? ? ?? ?? ? ?? ? ?? ?? ? ? ?? ?? ?? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ?? ? ? ?? ? ?? ? ?? ? ?? ? ? ?? ? ??+44 1922 743074 ?? ?? www.imperial-bathrooms.com. ?? ? ? ?? Imperial.... ?? ??Geoffrey Stevenson ? ? ? ? ?? ??, ?? ?? ??, ?? ? ?? ?? ? ? ?? ?? ?? . ?? ? ? ?? ?? ?? ?? Imperial, ?? ?? ? ?? ? ?, ? ?? ? . ?? Imperial Bathroom ? ? ? , , ? ? ?? ? , ? ?? ? ?? ?, ? ?? ? . ?? – ?? ??, ?? ? ??, ? ?? ?? ?? ? , ?? ? ?? ?? . ?? ? ? ?? ? ? , ?? ?? ? ? ? ??, ? ? ? ??, ?? , ?? ?? ??: +44 1922 743074 ? -?: www.imperial-bathrooms.co.uk. 1

2

PEOPLE OFTEN TALK ABOUT QUALITY AND PERFECTION BRINGING BATHROOMS TO LIFE, FOR LIFE 3

4 EACH IMPERIAL BATHROOM PIECE IS A TRUE LABOUR OF LOVE

5

6 A FUSION OF FORM & FUNCTION

CONTENTS BASIN STAND COLLECTION 8 CERAMIC COLLECTION 18 CERAMIC LIMITED EDITION 66 SHOWER COLLECTION 72 STONE & MARBLE COLLECTION 80 FURNITURE COLLECTION 84 MIRROR COLLECTION 116 BATH COLLECTION 126 TILE COLLECTION 150 CLASSICAL BRASSWARE COLLECTION 162 LIGHTING COLLECTION 198 RADIATORS & TOWEL WARMERS 202 ACCESSORIES 208 GUARANTEES & CUSTOMER CARE 232 ANCILLARIES 239 7

As featured: Oban marble basin console with a Dawn White Marble top and Chrome legs and trim 8

BEAUTIFUL BASIN STANDS Style & opulence are epitomised in our extensive range of beautiful basin stands. Carved natural materials combined with cast and polished metals create timeless designs to give yet another range of Modern Classics 9

a. 10

Oban White leg and trim option a. Oban basin stand** h840 w685 d495mm Leg and trim finish options: Chrome, Antique Gold, Satin White or Satin Black For use with the Radcliffe vanity basin b. Oban marble console** h920 w1090 d583mm (The height is to the top of the upstand) Available with either Galaxy Black Granite or Dawn White Marble top Leg and trim finish options: Chrome, Antique Gold, Satin White or Satin Black (as shown) Suitable for the Radcliffe under counter basin **These stands are produced by hand and slight imperfections on the surface detail are normal due to the material and the manufacturing process b. 11

a. 12 a. Troon twin console** h920 w1240 d600mm (The height is to the top of the upstand) Available with a Galaxy Black Granite top Leg and trim finish options: Chrome or Antique Gold Suitable for use with the Radcliffe under counter basin b. Troon basin stand** h840 w685 d495mm Leg and trim finish options: Chrome, or Antique Gold Suitable for use with the Radcliffe vanity basin **These Stands are produced by hand and slight imperfections on the surface detail are normal due to the material and the manufacturing process

b. 13

a. 14

b. a. Adare twin marble console** (as shown) h920 w1240 d600mm Available with a Galaxy Black Granite top Leg and trim finish options: Chrome or Antique Gold Suitable for Radcliffe under counter basin (2 off) b. Adare Basin Stand** (as shown) h840 w685 d495mm Leg & trim finish options: Chrome or Antique Gold Suitable for the Radcliffe vanity basin c. Nevis Basin Stand** (as shown) h840 w685 d495mm Trim finish options: Chrome or Antique Gold Leg finish options: Black Walnut, Natural Oak or Wenge Suitable for the Radcliffe vanity basin Nevis twin pconsole** (not shown) h920 w1240 d600mm Available with a Galaxy Black Granite top Trim finish options: Chrome or Antique Gold Leg finish options: Black Walnut, Natural Oak or Wenge Suitable for Radcliffe under counter basin (2 off) **These stands are produced by hand and slight imperfections on the surface detail are normal due to the material and the manufacturing process c. 15

a. 16 b. a. Drift basin stand h875 w845 d500mm Available in the following finishes: Chrome or Antique Gold For use with the Drift large basin b. Heyford basin stand h875 w845 d500mm Available in the following finishes: Chrome or Antique Gold For use with the Heyford large basin c. Astoria Deco basin stand h825 w740 d490mm Available in the following finishes: Chrome or Antique Gold For use with the Astoria Deco large basin (for further details see the ceramic Astoria Deco section)

c. 17

18

BEAUTIFULCERAMICWARE RADCLIFFE 20 BERGIER 24 HEYFORD 28 WINDSOR 32 CARLYON 36 DRIFT 40 DELILLE 46 ASTORIA DECO 50 CLASSIC 54 ISIS 58 AMENA 62 19

20

As featured: Radcliffe large basin and pedestal Vuelo brassware York accessories Baglioni Cobra cast iron bath Florence mirror RADCLIFFE Invest in a timeless and modern classic - guaranteed to bring you pleasure for years to come. 21

OPTIONS a. Large basin – 685mm (1 or 3 tap holes) h865 w685 d550mm Pedestal White Vanity basin – 685mm (not shown) (1 or 3 tap holes) h165 w685 d495mm White For use with the basin stands or furniture vanity units 22 a. d. b. Under counter basin h200 w500 d395mm White c. Large basin – 685mm (1 or 3 tap holes) h420 w685 d550mm Large semi pedestal White d. Radcliffe toilet seat With standard Chrome or Antique Gold hinges Wenge, White Solid Wood, Mahogany, Natural Oak or Black Walnut b. e. c. Radcliffe toilet seat With Chrome or Antique Gold soft-close hinges Wenge, White Solid Wood, Natural Oak, Mahogany or Black Walnut e. Bidet (1 tap hole) h390 w380 d555mm White f. Close coupled pan & cistern h790 w430 d720mm White Chrome or Antique Gold available with either a lever or push button g. Pan & low level cistern h1185 w430 d720mm Lever only White Chrome or Antique Gold fittings h. Pan & high level cistern h2150 w430 d720mm (including ornate brackets) White Chrome or Antique Gold fittings f. g. h.

As featured: Radcliffe large basin and semi pedestal Isaac mirror Cisne brassware Malmo 8 bar radiator black 23

24 BERGIER Classical styling married with endearing period elegance – but with a clever modern design twist. As featured: Bergier large basin & pedestal Bergier bidet Brokton wall lights Vuelo brassware

25

26 OPTIONS a. Bidet (1 tap hole) h380 w330 d545mm White b. Wall-hung bidet (1 tap hole) h385 w339 d542mm White c. Oval toilet seat With standard Chrome or Antique Gold hinges Wenge, White, Mahogany, Natural Oak or Black Walnut With Chrome or Antique Gold soft-close hinges Wenge, White, Natural Oak, Mahogany or Black Walnut d. Large basin – 700mm (1 or 3 tap holes) h855 w700 d500mm Pedestal White e. Wall-hung pan without cistern fittings h380 w386 d545mm White Wall-hung pan bracket system with cistern also available f. Back to wall pan without cistern fittings White h415 w365 d540mm g. Close coupled pan and cistern h780 w430 d690mm White Available in Chrome or Antique Gold finishes with either a lever or push button h. Pan & low level cistern h1195 w430 d690mm White Available in Chrome or Antique Gold finishes with a lever i. Pan & high level cistern including white ornate brackets h2150 w430 d690mm White Chrome or Antique Gold finishes available a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i.

As featured: Bergier large basin & pedestal Cou brassware 27

28 HEYFORD Soft elegant lines and authentic period details - equally at home in a traditional or contemporary setting of distinction. As featured: Heyford Low level toilet Heyford basin stand in Chrome Heyford basin Vuelo brassware Istia accessories Barrington small mirror with Istia tilting wall brackets

29

30 As featured: Heyford small basin and pedestal York accessories Victorian brassware

a. b. d. OPTIONS a. Large basin – 660mm (1 or 3 tap holes) h830 w660 d500mm Pedestal White, Blue Decorated or Pink Decorated b. Small basin – 540mm (1 or 3 tap holes) h850 w540 d390mm Pedestal White, Blue Decorated or Pink Decorated c. Heyford basin stand h875 w845 d500mm Available in Chrome or Antique Gold finishes For use with the Heyford large basin c. e. f. g. d. Oval toilet seat With Chrome or Antique Gold standard hinges Wenge, White Solid Wood, Mahogany, Natural Oak or Black Walnut With Chrome or Antique Gold soft-close hinges Wenge, White Solid Wood, Natural Oak, Mahogany or Black Walnut e. Bidet (1 tap hole) h370 w335 d545mm White, Blue Decorated or Pink Decorated f. Close coupled pan & cistern Horizontal waste outlet h835 w405 d690mm Chrome or Antique Gold lever White, Blue Decorated or Pink Decorated Close coupled pan & cistern Bottom waste outlet (not shown) h835 w405 d690mm Chrome or Antique Gold lever White, Blue Decorated or Pink Decorated h. g. Low level pan & cistern h1035 w510 d765mm Chrome or Antique Gold lever & fittings White, Blue Decorated or Pink Decorated h. Pan & high level cistern (including ornate brackets) h2385 w510 d765mm Chrome or Antique Gold lever & fittings White, Blue Decorated or Pink Decorated 31

32

As featured: Windsor close coupled pan & cistern Windsor large basin & pedestal Tumba 6 bar radiator Gioiello 3 hole mixer Sheraton double ended slipper with chrome ball & claw foot Barrington small mirror WINDSOR Designed to harmonise with all styles of décor, the rounded curves and fluted pedestal detailing of the aristocratic Windsor suite make it an appealing choice for bathrooms, en-suites and cloakrooms alike. 33

34 OPTIONS a. Inset basin 545mm (1 or 3 tap holes) h200 w545 d425 White b. Large basin 700mm (1 or 3 tap holes) h835 w700 d520 Pedestal White c. Bidet (1 tap hole) h285 w335 d555mm White e. Close coupled WC pan & cistern h790 w500 d605 White Chrome or Antique Gold lever f. Oval toilet seat With Chrome or Antique Gold standard hinges Wenge, White Solid Wood, Mahogany, Natural Oak or Black Walnut Oval toilet seat With Chrome or Antique Gold soft-close hinges Wenge, White Solid Wood, Natural Oak, Mahogany or Black Walnut f. Wall-hung bidet (1 tap hole) h385 w339 d542mm White g. Wall-hung pan without cistern fittings h380 w386 d545mm White Wall-hung frame and cistern kit also available a. b. c. d. e. f. g.

As featured: Windsor large basin and pedestal Gioiello brassware 35

36

As featured: Carlyon large basin and pedestal Carlyon close coupled pan and cistern Vuelo brassware Avila lighting Charlotte mirror CARLYON “In a word - timeless.” Distinctly nostalgic in design, the Carlyon suite is the last word in refinement, offering a graceful alternative to the Classic range. 37

As featured: Carlyon large basin Vuelo brassware Charlotte mirror 38

a. c. OPTIONS a. Large basin – 715mm (1 or 3 tap holes) h890 w715 d510mm Pedestal White b. Close coupled pan & cistern h810 w460 d720mm White Available with a push button in Chrome or Antique Gold c. Bidet (1 tap hole) h400 w375 d555mm White b. d. d. Carlyon toilet seat With standard Chrome or Antique Gold hinges Wenge, White Solid Wood, Natural Oak or Black Walnut With Chrome or Antique Gold soft-close hinges Wenge, White Solid Wood, Natural Oak or Black Walnut As featured: Carlyon large basin & pedestal Vuelo brassware Charlotte mirror 39

40 DRIFT A contemporary classic – a rare and unique pleasure to own. As featured: Drift large basin & pedestal Antique Crackle wall tiles 6.5x13cm Sage Thistle Naturals floor tiles 30x30cm Chalk Avila wall lights Avignon accessories

41

42

As featured: Oxford 1700mm bath Drift large basin & pedestal Blue Decorated Drift close coupled pan & cistern Blue Decorated Avignon accessories Victorian brassware Antique Crackle wall tiles 13x13cm Cream Haze Naturals floor tiles 30x30cm Sand DRIFT DECORATED For an added touch of period feel and authentic Victoriana styling, you can have your Drift suite beautifully decorated in either pink or blue. 43

44 OPTIONS a. Large basin – 660mm (1, 2 or 3 tap holes) h830 w660 d500mm Pedestal White, Blue Decorated or Pink Decorated b. Small basin – 540mm (1, 2 or 3 tap holes) h795 w540 d390mm Pedestal White, Blue Decorated or Pink Decorated Drift toilet seat (not shown) composite material White c. Oval toilet seat With standard Chrome or Antique Gold hinges Wenge, White, Pine, Mahogany, Natural Oak or Black Walnut With Chrome or Antique Gold soft-close hinges Wenge, White, Natural Oak, Mahogany or Black Walnut d. Bidet (1 tap hole) h380 w335 d545mm White, Blue Decorated or Pink Decorated e. Close coupled pan & cistern Horizontal waste outlet h835 w405 d690mm with Chrome or Antique Gold lever White, Blue Decorated or Pink Decorated c. Close coupled pan & cistern Bottom waste outlet (not shown) h835 w405 d690mm with Chrome or Antique Gold lever White, Blue Decorated or Pink Decorated f. Low level pan & cistern h1035 w510 d765mm with Chrome or Antique Gold fittings White, Blue Decorated or Pink Decorated g. Pan & high level cistern h2385 w510 d765mm (including ornate brackets) with Chrome or Antique Gold fittings White, Blue Decorated or Pink Decorated Drift basin stand (as shown opposite) h875 w845 d500mm Available in Chrome or Antique Gold For use with the Drift large basin d. a. b. e. f. g.

As featured: Drift large basin Vuelo brassware Drift basin stand 45

46 DELILLE Fine detailing and graceful proportions extol quality and elegance – unmistakably Imperial. As featured: Delille large basin and pedestal Cisne brassware Delille close coupled toilet Linea furniture Sabine mirror Tube lights

47

48 As featured: Delille large basin (625mm) Delille basin stand Avila lights Vuello brassware Isaac mirror Brass ladder rail

a. b. e. OPTIONS a. Large basin – 625mm (1 or 3 tap holes) h810 w625 d480mm Pedestal White b. Delille basin stand h885 w625 d480mm Available in the following finishes: Chrome or Antique Gold For use with Delille large basin 625mm c. Close coupled pan & cistern h750 w370 d660mm White Chrome or Antique Gold lever d. Bidet (1 tap hole) h370 w335 d555mm White f. g. e. Oval toilet seat With standard Chrome or Antique Gold hinge Wenge, White, Mahogany, Natural Oak or Black Walnut With Chrome or Antique Gold soft-close hinge Wenge, White, Natural Oak, Mahogany or Black Walnut f. Wall-hung bidet (1 tap hole) h385 w339 d542mm White g. Wall-hung pan without cistern fittings h380 w386 d545mm White Wall-hung pan bracket and cistern kit also available c. d. 49

50 ASTORIA DECO Express yourself with the glamour and grace of the 1920’s – a timeless investment in artistic confidence and elegance. As featured: Astoria Deco low level pan & cistern Oval Wenge toilet seat Astoria Deco large basin & large pedestal Cuda Wenge wall mirror Niveau brassware Naturals wall & floor tiles 15x15cm Chalk & Charcoal Brokton wall lights

51

As featured: Astoria Deco large basin Astoria Deco basin stand Niveau brassware 52

OPTIONS a. Large basin – 640mm (1 or 3 tap holes) h825 w640 d485mm Large pedestal White Astoria Deco basin stand (as shown opposite) h825 w740 d490mm Available in the following finishes: Chrome or Antique Gold For use with the Astoria Deco large basin b. Small basin – 520mm (1 or 3 tap holes) h785 w520 d415mm Small pedestal White c. Inset basin h175 w500 d320mm White a. b. d. Astoria toilet seat With standard hinge (Chrome or Antique Gold) Wenge, White solid wood, Mahogany, Natural Oak, Ash or Black Walnut e. Oval toilet seat With standard Chrome or Antique Gold hinges for use with the Astoria Deco pan Wenge, White, Mahogany, Natural Oak or Black Walnut With Chrome or Antique Gold soft-close hinges Wenge, White, Natural Oak, Mahogany or Black Walnut f. Bidet (1 tap hole) h385 w365 d560mm White f. g. h. i. j. k. c. g. Astoria Deco round bowl* pan & close coupled cistern Horizontal waste outlet h795 w410 d672mm White Chrome or Antique Gold lever Astoria Deco round bowl* pan & close coupled cistern Bottom waste outlet h795 w410 d672mm White Chrome or Antique Gold lever h. Astoria Close coupled pan & cistern h795 w410 d710mm White Chrome or Antique Gold lever d. e. i. Astoria pan & low level cistern h1048 w515 d735mm White Chrome or Antique Gold fittings j. Astoria Deco round bowl* pan & low level cistern h1228 w410 d672mm White Chrome or Antique Gold lever k. Astoria Deco round bowl pan & high level cistern with White cistern brackets* h2150 w410 d672mm White Chrome or Antique Gold fittings *For use with an Oval Seat 53

54

As featured: Classic large basin & round pedestal Antique Crackle wall tiles 6.5x13cm Grey Ecru Linea mirror White Linen Classic back to wall pan & concealed cistern Classic bidet Pré brassware Dorchester sunken bath (with standard bath feet) North Shore furniture Naturals wall & floor tiles 15x15cm Chalk & Sand Sagovia wall lights CLASSIC Elegant, classical, graceful and beautiful, designed to complement every bathroom style and setting. 55

56 OPTIONS a. Large basin – 625mm (1 or 3 tap holes) h825 w625 d475mm Original pedestal White b. Large basin – 625mm (1 or 3 tap holes) h825 w625 d475mm Round pedestal White c. Llyr vessel bowl (0 tap holes) h120 w440 d440mm White supplied with Chrome free-flow waste d. Expressions vessel bowl (0 tap holes) h170 w420 d420mm White For use with Chrome click clack waste e. Bidet (1 tap hole) h455 w375 d550mm White f. Back to wall pan without cistern fittings h433 w365 d530mm White g. Close coupled pan & cistern h785 w430 d700mm White Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel Push button or lever h. Classic toilet seat With standard hinge (Chrome or Antique Gold) Wenge, White, Pine, Mahogany, Natural Oak or Ash With soft-close hinge (Chrome) Wenge, White, Natural Oak or Mahogany a. c. h. g. b. d. e. f.

As featured: Classic close coupled pan & cistern (push button) Expressions vessel bowl Wood top in Natural Oak Linea mirror with opaque border 57

58

As featured: Isis large basin & pedestal Isis close coupled pan & cistern with White seat Linea mirror in Wenge with opaque border Plaza bath with Chrome feet Naturals floor & wall tiles 30x30cm Charcoal Glass White mosaic tiles Toledo double light ISIS A confident, contemporary and distinctive design statement – look to the future with confidence. 59

Quick release seat for ease of cleaning 60 a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l.

As featured: Isis large basin Isis large semi-pedestal Isis close coupled pan & cistern with seat Linea mirror in Wenge with opaque border Crystal brassware OPTIONS a. Large basin – 650mm (1 or 3 tap holes) h840 w650 d470mm Pedestal White b. Large basin – 650mm (1 or 3 tap holes) h470 w650 d470mm Large semi pedestal White c. Cloak basin – 540mm (1 or 3 tap holes) h810 w540 d380mm Pedestal White d. Cloak basin – 540mm (1 or 3 tap holes) h460 w540 d380mm Small semi pedestal White e. Semi recessed basin – 555mm (1 or 3 tap holes) h250 w555 d405mm White f. Expressions vessel bowl (0 tap holes) h170 w420mm White For use with Chrome click clack waste g. Llyr vessel bowl (0 tap holes) h120 w440 d440mm White Supplied with Chrome free-flow waste h. Llyr Lava vessel bowl (0 tap holes) h120 w440 d440mm White/Black Supplied with Chrome free-flow waste i. Toilet seat with Chrome hinge White j. Back to wall pan & cistern without cistern fitting h390 w365 d500mm White k. Bidet (1 tap hole) h390 w360 d580mm White l. Close coupled pan & cistern h790 w420 d685mm White Chrome push button 61

62 AMENA Understated presence, with bold proportions and simple elegant lines – a rare combination of practicality and modern charm. As featured: Amena large basin and semi pedestal Amena close coupled pan and cistern Linea mirror with opaque glass border

63

64 As featured: Amena close coupled pan & cistern Amena large basin & pedestal

OPTIONS a. Large basin (1 or 3 tap holes) with 2 Chrome towel bars h850 w640 d520mm Pedestal White b. Large basin (1 or 3 tap holes) with 2 Chrome towel bars h500 w640 d520mm Semi pedestal White a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. c. Llyr vessel bowl (0 tap holes) h120 w440 d440mm White Supplied with Chrome free-flow waste d. Llyr Lava vessel bowl (0 tap holes) h120 w440 d440mm White/Black Supplied with Chrome free-flow waste Quick release seat for ease of cleaning e. Expressions vessel bowl (0 tap holes) h170 w420 d420mm White For use with Chrome click clack waste f. Bidet (1 tap hole) h390 w360 d580mm White g. Back to wall pan & cistern without cistern fitting h390 w365 d500mm White Chrome lever or push button h. Close coupled pan & cistern h790 w420 d685mm White Chrome push button i. Toilet seat with Chrome hinge White 65

66

JAZZ 68 ZEN 69 KINETIC 70 PEBBLE 71 Imperial - making history! A milestone in the production of uniquely elegant bathrooms for the most discerning customers. A rare opportunity to express your individuality, high sense of design and unique style. Imperial Limited Edition represents, quite literally, the art of the timeless bathroom ceramicware. Each of the stunning contemporary designs shown on the pages that follow is limited to just 200 pieces worldwide. Strictly limited production is testimony to its rarity and exclusivity. Every piece is hand crafted and identified with a special platinum Limited Edition logo and will come with its own numbered certificate of authenticity – your reassurance that you have indeed chosen an individual piece of ceramic history. We may even be able to design and create bespoke Limited Edition pieces based on your own individual idea. To discuss this possibility please contact us on 0870 60 61 62 3. Limited Edition by Imperial. The very ultimate in personal expression, uniqueness and style. 67

68 Cistern lid Basin (1 or 3 tap hole only) JAZZ Fresh, energetic and fun, Jazz adds a unique touch of elegance and classical distinction to your Imperial bathroom. Jazz offers appeal to those looking to introduce a very high level of individuality, design and style to their new bathroom. A co-ordinating cistern lid is also supplied. Jazz: dynamic and vibrant. Co-ordinates with Astoria Deco suite.

ZEN A superbly contemplative look, lightly sprinkled with pale blue subtle summer blooms adds peace, tranquillity and serenity to your bathroom setting. Zen is all about balance, harmony and wellness. Finish the design with the matching cistern lid to ensure your bathroom haven is complete. Zen: harmony and repose. Co-ordinates with Oxford suite. Cistern lid Basin (1 or 3 tap hole only) 69

Basin (1 or 3 tap hole only) 70 Cistern lid KINETIC A crisp and pleasing contemporary look that’s already become a modern classic. We also supply a co-ordinating cistern lid to complete your bathroom look. Simple parallel lines with a modern crisp pale palette which co-ordinates beautifully with modern stone finishes and wooden furniture. For those not wanting to take too much of a design risk. Kinetic: stylish and understated. Co-ordinates with Oxford suite.

PEBBLE A bold statement of design and confidence that takes your mind back to vast open beaches strewn with smoothly polished pebbles, complementing our Astoria Deco range to perfection. A co-ordinating cistern lid is included. Modern cool greys and simple yet effective light veining assures that your design choice will be as relevant and timeless today as in years to come. Pebble: timeless and sophisticated. Co-ordinates with Astoria Deco suite. Cistern lid Basin (1 or 3 tap hole only) 71

72

SHOWERING EXCELLENCE LUXURY SHOWERS 74 THERMOSTATIC SHOWER VALVES 76 SLIDER RAIL KITS 77 SHOWER CURTAIN RAILS 78 73

a. b. a. Isis concealed 2 hole shower with Energiser 6” fixed head All available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes 74 b. Victorian exposed shower valve with 5” Flowmaster shower head, rigid riser, Victorian shower tidy soap rack and handset c. c. Cisne luxury concealed shower kit with handset and Cisne 200mm shower head

d. e. f. d. Concealed Victorian Thermostatic dual control valve with shower arm and 5" Flowmaster shower head e. Exposed Victorian thermostatic dual control valve with external riser, shower arm and 5" Flowmaster shower head f. Cisne luxury exposed shower kit with rigid riser, handset and 200mm Cisne shower head 75

SHOWER HEADS & THERMOSTATIC VALVES Period charm or cool and contemporary, these fixed heads and thermostatic valves will match your style perfectly. Imperial thermostatic valves, in modern or traditional styles, ensure that the water remains at exactly the temperature you set regardless of pressure changes. It’s also an important safety feature for children and older people. a. Flowmaster fixed head Available in 5” or 8” b. Energiser fixed head Available in 6”,8” or 12” c. Aqueous 8” fixed head d. Asteroid fixed head e. Breccia f. Starburst fixed head g. Slimline fixed head h. Ceiling shower adaptor i. Isis thermostatic low/high pressure barrel shower valve j. Modern concealed thermostatic shower valve with 3 controls k. Modern concealed thermostatic shower valve with 2 controls l. Isis 2 hole concealed shower valve low/high pressure m. Exposed Victorian thermostatic dual control valve n. Concealed Victorian thermostatic dual control valve 76 a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. All available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes

ACCESSORIES & SLIDER RAIL KITS Complementary accessories and kits that give you the extra option of a removable hand-held showering head placed at your ideal height (except the rigid riser). a. Quadrata body jet b. Lei body jet c. Victorian shower tidy soap rack For use with Victorian rigid riser kits d. Lei shower soap holder e. Outlet elbow f. Lei shower tidy g. Victorian rigid riser with 5” Flowmaster shower head For use with Victorian exposed shower valve h. Minimalist slider rail kit i. Victorian rigid riser with 5” Flowmaster shower head, Victorian soap rack and hand set For use with Victorian exposed shower valve e. Victorian rigid riser with 8” Flowmaster shower head, Victorian soap rack and hand set (not shown) For use with Victorian exposed shower valve j. Traditional slider rail kit All available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes a. b. c. d. f. g. h. i. j. 77

78 As featured: Radison Cast Iron bath with Aluminium skirt Oval curtain rail Vuelo brassware

SHOWER CURTAIN RAILS Elegant simplicity is at the heart of the Imperial bathroom look, and these finely crafted rails fit the bill perfectly. What’s more, when you’ve chosen to have a good long soak instead, the exposed rails provide a pleasing design feature of their own. a. a. Oval curtain rail Width 610 Length 1110 mm b. L Shape curtain rail Width 610 Length 914 mm c. Round curtain rail Diameter 813mm d. 1680 mm Straight curtain rail (not shown) Length 1800mm e. L Shaped Corner curtain rail (not shown) Width 900 Length 900mm f. U Shaped curtain rail (not shown) Width 1000 Length 800mm b. c. All available in the following finishes: Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel 79

80

HANDCRAFTED STONE & MARBLE 81

82 STONE & MARBLE BOWLS We have a very simple philosophy: we bring together the ultimate fusion of the finest in nature. In stone you can choose from the gentle curve of the Agri bowl, or the bolder upright lines of the Denzil. In marble there is the hand made modern square of the Attis, or the elegant classical shape of Selene. Both styles are available in ‘light’, ‘mid’ or ‘dark’ tones to ensure that whatever your bathroom mood, we are sure to have the ideal basin for you. All basins come with a free-flow chrome waste and are set off to perfection on our specially designed selection of modern and classical timber basin stands and tapware: the ultimate fusion of the finest in nature. a. b. e. f. c. g. a. Agri h165 w430 d430mm b. Denzil h150 w420 d420mm c. Selene Midnight h140 w430 d430 mm d. Selene Twilight h140 w430 d430 mm e. Attis Dawn h140 w410 d410 mm f. Attis Midnight h140 w410 d410 mm g. Attis Twilight h140 w410 d410 mm d. All bowls supplied with Chrome free-flow waste and 250ml stain stop. All dimensions above ± 10%

As featured: Cuda washstation Denzil stone bowl Mosaic tile Glass Cream Antique Crackle wall tiles 13x13cm 83

84

FINE FURNITURE BARRINGTON 86 THURLESTONE 90 LINEA 94 ESTEEM 98 CUDA WOOD 102 CUDA METAL 106 NORTH SHORE 110 BATH PANELS 114 85

86 BARRINGTON This combination of granite & woods creates detail which is truly pleasing to the eye As featured: Barrington twin basin console with a Black Galaxy Granite top Notte brassware Florence mirror

87

As featured: Astoria Deco large basin Barrington vanity unit for the Astoria Deco basin Astoria Deco close coupled pan and cistern Niveau brassware 88

a. b. c. d. e. f. OPTIONS a. Barrington large mirror h700 w1200mm Available in the following finishes: Black Walnut or Wenge Suitable for use with the Istia and Avignon tilting mirror brackets b. Barrington small mirror h700 w610mm Available in the following finishes: Black Walnut or Wenge Suitable for use with the Istia and Avignon tilting mirror brackets c. Barrington twin vanity unit with a Black Galaxy Granite worktop* h840 w1240 d 600mm Available in the following finishes: Black Walnut or Wenge d. Barrington single vanity unit with a Black Galaxy Granite worktop* h840 w650 d570mm Available in the following finishes: Black Walnut or Wenge For use with the Radcliffe under counter basin e. Barrington Astoria Deco vanity unit* h780 w640 d490mm Available in the following finishes: Black Walnut or Wenge For use with the Astoria Deco large basin f. Barrington back to wall unit h955 w735 d280mm Available in the following finishes: Black Walnut or Wenge *Available with Satin Chrome or Antique Gold Black Leather handles. 89

90

As featured: Thurlestone curved vanity top with a Blue Pearl Granite top and White Linen finish Radcliffe under counter basin Vuello brassware Sofia mirror in White Linen finish THURLESTONE With Classic European styling whilst incorporating modern soft close features, Thurlestone is available in a choice of natural woods and hand painted finishes. 91

OPTIONS a. Thurlestone small mirror h700 w610mm Available in Natural Oak, Wenge or Hand Painted finishes Suitable for use with the Istia and Avignon tilting mirror brackets Thurlestone large mirror (not shown) h700 w1200mm Available in Natural Oak, Wenge or Hand Painted finishes Suitable for use with the Istia and Avignon tilting mirror brackets Hand painted options: White Linen Cream Haze Grey Ecru Canvas Wheat Please contact your local retailer for colour swatches. Special finishes available upon request 92 b. Thurlestone Bow fronted vanity unit with either a Blue Pearl Granite or a Dawn White Marble worktop h810 w1200 d585mm Available in Natural Oak, Wenge or Hand Painted finishes c. Thurlestone back to wall unit h955 w685 d260mm Available in Natural Oak, Wenge or Hand Painted finishes b. c. d. Citreous Cream London Clay d. Thurlestone vanity unit h810 w610 d550mm Available in Natural Oak, Wenge or Hand Painted finishes For use with the Radcliffe vanity basin Note: Painted furniture is supplied with Pewter knobs (as shown on the Thurlestone Bow fronted vanity unit), and Wenge/Natural Oak are supplied with Satin handles (as shown on the Thurlestone vanity unit) a.

As featured: Thurlestone vanity unit Radcliffe vanity basin Vuello brassware Thurlestone mirror Tube lights 93

94 LINEA Linea represents the perfect fusion of wood and glass, where slatted panels and elegant lines combine in stunning yet functional furniture designed to be truly timeless. Genuine style endures. As featured: Linea square vanity unit Radcliffe vanity basin Cisne brassware Linea tall corner unit Lund wall radiator Segovia lights Sabine mirror

95

96 a. b. c. d. e. OPTIONS a. Bow fronted vanity unit with 2 bow fronted wood/frosted glass doors h820 w630 d430mm Wenge or Natural Oak For use with Drift or Heyford large basin b. Vessel bowl corner vanity unit 2 bow fronted wood/frosted glass doors h692 w800 d565mm Wenge or Natural Oak f. Vessel bowl corner vanity unit 2 bow fronted wood/frosted glass doors with Dawn Marble top (not shown) h692 w800 d565mm Wenge or Natural Oak c. Tall unit with 1 wood/frosted glass door (right hand shown) h1425 w535 d365mm Wenge or Natural Oak g. h. d. Corner tall unit with 2 bow fronted wood frosted glass doors (right hand shown) h1408 w450 d325mm Wenge or Natural Oak e. Mirror wall cabinet with 2 doors wood/mirror glass doors h574 w620 d163mm Wenge or Natural Oak f. Corner wall cabinet with 1 curved wood/ frosted glass door (right hand shown) h570 w455 d320mm Wenge or Natural Oak g. Side unit with 1 wood/ frosted glass door (right hand shown) h770 w530 d365mm Wenge or Natural Oak

As featured: Vessel bowl unit with 2 bow fronted wood/frosted glass doors Linea mirror with opaque glass border Expressions vessel bowl h. Linea mirror with opaque feature glass border h647 w647 d20mm Natural Oak, Ash, White or Wenge Linea mirror with green feature glass border (not shown) h647 w647 d20mm Natural Oak, Ash, White or Wenge Linea mirror (not shown) h645 w645 d20mm Natural Oak, Ash, Wenge or White Linen Linea square vanity unit (as shown on previous page) fronted wood/frosted glass doors h820 w630 d480mm Wenge or Natural Oak For use with Radcliffe vanity basin i. Vessel bowl unit with 2 bow fronted wood/frosted glass doors (shown right) h692 w630 d430mm Wenge or Natural Oak Vessel bowl unit with Dawn marble top with 2 bow fronted wood/frosted glass doors (not shown) h692 w630 d430mm Wenge or Natural Oak (tap position on RHS only) 97

98

As featured: Esteem square vanity unit Radcliffe vanity basin Esteem side unit Esteem tall unit Tristin mirror Victorian brassware ESTEEM A strong marriage of design flair and unquestionable craftsmanship, this collection of prestigious pieces is a simply perfect way to add further elegance to your beautiful Imperial bathroom. 99

100 a. b. c. e. f. g. h. OPTIONS a. Esteem wall cupboard wood door (left hand shown) h710 w400 d164mm Wenge or Natural Oak b. Esteem wall cupboard mirror door (left hand shown) h710 w400 d164mm Wenge or Natural Oak c. Esteem wall cupboard frosted glass door (left hand shown) h710 w400 d164mm Wenge or Natural Oak e. Esteem square vanity unit 2 wooden/frosted glass doors, 2 drawers h820 w650 d470mm Wenge or Natural Oak For use with Radcliffe vanity basin f. Esteem square vanity unit 2 wooden doors, 2 drawers h820 w650 d470mm Wenge or Natural Oak For use with Linea white vanity basin g. Side unit 1 wooden/frosted glass door (right hand shown) h770 w530 d365mm Wenge or Natural Oak h. Tall unit frosted glass door (right hand shown) h1425 w535 d365mm Wenge or Natural Oak

As featured: Esteem square vanity unit with frosted glass in Wenge Linea vanity basin Niveau brassware Astoria Deco close coupled toilet & cistern Oval seat in Wenge 101

102 CUDA WOOD WEAVE This fusion of natural materials and simple, geometric lines radiates a boldness and a beauty in a collection of furniture that manages to be practical, graceful, elegant and modern all at the same time. As featured: Cuda 2 door wall cabinet with mirrored doors Cuda wall-hung wood weave basin unit Agri stone bowl Cuda cheval mirror

103

104 OPTIONS a. Cuda wash station Wood Weave h860 d480 w645mm Natural Oak or Wenge b. Cuda wash station open Wood Weave h860 d480 w645mm Natural Oak or Wenge c. Cuda wall-hung wash station Wood Weave h570 d400 w480mm Natural Oak or Wenge d. Cuda wall cabinet Wood Weave h660 d164 w700mm Natural Oak or Wenge e. Cuda linen bin Wood Weave h660 d164 w700mm Natural Oak or Wenge f. Cuda tall unit Wood Weave h1600 d463 w500mm Natural Oak or Wenge g. Cuda cheval mirror Wood Weave h1600 d400 w500mm Natural Oak or Wenge h. Cuda mirror h570 w710mm Natural Oak or Wenge i. Cuda open vessel bowl unit h700 d450 w710mm Natural Oak or Wenge

a. d. e. f. g. i. b. c. h. 105

106

As featured: Wall cabinet Front & end panel Wash station with Astoria Deco large basin Windsor bath Victorian brassware CUDA METAL WEAVE Choose to invest in a design statement that will last. Combining centuries-old hand made cabinetry skills with modern materials and designs, Cuda metal weave is sure to delight you for years to come. Classical, elegant forms with a modern design twist. 107

108 a. d. e. g. h. b. c. f. i.

OPTIONS a. Cuda cheval mirror Metal Weave h1600 d400 w500mm Natural Oak or Wenge b. Cuda tall unit Metal Weave h1600 d463 w500mm Natural Oak or Wenge c. Cuda wall cabinet Metal Weave h660 d164 w700mm Natural Oak or Wenge d. Cuda wash station open h860 d480 w645mm Natural Oak or Wenge e. Cuda wash station Metal Weave h860 d480 w645mm Natural Oak or Wenge f. Cuda mirror h570 w710 d20mm Natural Oak or Wenge g. Cuda wall-hung wash station Metal Weave h570 d400 w480mm Natural Oak or Wenge h. Cuda linen bin Metal Weave h660 d164 w700mm Natural Oak or Wenge i. Cuda open vessel bowl unit h700 d450 w710mm Natural Oak or Wenge 109

110 NORTH SHORE Taking its inspiration from the best of the furniture styles from East Coast Colonial New England, this two-tone range of simple, elegant furniture is sure to feel at home in any new bathroom. As featured: Shower screen Bath panel Wall cabinet Linen bin Tall unit with lights Mirror with lights 3 bay basin unit with lights Agri stone bowl

111

112 OPTIONS a. Wall cabinet h640 d164 w730mm White Linen b. Linen bin h440 d360 w500mm White Linen c. 1 door basin unit h800 d463 w500mm White Linen d. Tall unit without lights h1720 d463 w500mm White Linen Tall unit with lights (not shown) h1720 d463 w500mm White Linen e. Mirror with lights h660 d40 w700mm White Linen Mirror without lights (not shown) h660 d40 w700mm White Linen f. 3 bay basin unit without lights h800 d463 w1120mm White Linen 3 bay basin unit with lights (not shown) h800 d463 w1120mm White Linen g. Cheval mirror & drawer h1570 d350 w570mm White Linen As featured: North Shore tall cabinet with lights

a. e. b. d. f. g. c. 113

BATH PANELS Handcrafted from a combination of both solid wood and quality veneers, our collection of beautiful bath panels can add detail, distinction and a real point of difference to your overall bathroom scheme. a. c. e. g. 114 b. d. f. h. FRONT PANEL OPTIONS a. Shaker / Thurlestone bath front panel 1700mm or 1800mm Natural Oak or Wenge Painted finishes also available as shown in the Thurlestone range b. Linea bath front panel with frosted glass inserts 1700mm or 1800mm Wenge or Natural Oak c. Cuda bath front panel 1700mm or 1800mm Wood Weave Natural Oak, Wenge d. Raised & fielded bath front panel 1700mm or 1800mm Mahogany, Natural Oak or Wenge e. Cuda bath front panel 1700mm or 1800mm Metal Weave Natural Oak or Wenge f. North Shore bath front panel 1700mm White Linen g. Barrington front bath panel 1700mm or 1800mm Wenge or Black Walnut h. Esteem bath front panel 1720mm or 1820mm, For use with an Esteem end panel Bath centre panel options Wenge or Natural Oak Bath top/bottom panel options: Wenge or Natural Oak

END PANEL OPTIONS h. Shaker bath end panel 750mm or 800mm Natural Oak, or Wenge h. j. l. Painted finishes also available as shown in the Thurlestone range i. Linea bath end panel with frosted glass inserts 750mm or 800mm Wenge or Natural Oak j. Cuda bath end panel 750mm or 800mm Metal Weave Natural Oak or Wenge k. Raised & fielded bath end panel 750mm or 800mm Mahogany, Natural Oak or Wenge n. o. l. Cuda bath end panel 750mm or 800mm Wood Weave Natural Oak or Wenge m. North Shore bath end panel 750mm or 800mm White Linen n. Esteem bath end panel with frosted glass inserts 750mm or 800mm i. k. m. Bath centre panel options Wenge or Natural Oak Bath top/bottom panel options: Wenge or Natural Oak o. Barrington bath end panel 750mm or 800mm Wenge or Black Walnut Flexible Wedi BA30 construct board To enable you to tile a standard 1700mm bath panel or a curved shower bath. Ideal for use with mosaic tiles. w2500 h600mm, w1250 h600mm 115

116

ENCHANTING MIRRORS 117

HAND CARVED MIRRORS This range of beautiful mirrors is hand carved from solid woods and therefore designs and finishes may vary slightly. a. Lilly-Anne hand carved mirror h920 w470mm Available in the following finishes: Gold Leaf, Antique Silver, White Linen and Satin Black b. Jasmine hand carved mirror h1460 w790mm Available in the following finishes: Gold Leaf, Antique Silver, White Linen and Satin Black a. 118 c. Sofia hand carved mirror h940 w1240mm Available in the following finishes: Gold Leaf, Antique Silver, White Linen and Satin Black d. Grace hand carved mirror h1200 w1200mm Available in the following finishes: Gold Leaf, Antique Silver, White Linen and Satin Black b. c.

d. 119

a. Helene hand crafted mirror h600 w440mm Available in the following finishes: Gold Leaf, Antique Silver, White Linen and Satin Black b. Nicole hand crafted mirror h1240 w850mm Available in the following finishes: Gold Leaf, Antique Silver, White Linen and Satin Black c. Ella hand crafted mirror h1000 w560mm Available in the following finishes: Gold Leaf, Antique Silver, White Linen and Satin Black d. Charlotte hand crafted mirror h1030 w720mm Available in the following finishes: Gold Leaf, Antique Silver, White Linen and Satin Black 120 a.

b. c. d. 121

ORNATE FRAMED MIRRORS a. Florence luxury mirror h800 w1100mm b. Genevieve luxury mirror h610 w610mm c. Huiliette luxury mirror h710 w910mm d. Stephanie luxury mirror h600 w600mm e. Marie luxury mirror h950 w1250mm f. Sabine luxury mirror h710 w910mm 122 a. d. b. e.

As featured: Drift large basin and pedestal Sabine mirror Tube light c. f. 123

TILTING MIRRORS a. Albert free-standing mirror** glass diameter 6” b. Edward free-standing floor** mirror glass diameter 10” c. George free-standing mirror** glass diameter 8” **Available in Chrome finish only a. b. c. 124 f. Jules wall-mounted mirror h765 w710mm Available in the following finishes: Chrome or Antique Gold g. Tristan wall-mounted mirror h760 w610mm Available in the following finishes: Chrome or Antique Gold d. Isaac wall-mounted mirror h510 w605mm Available in the following finishes: Chrome or Antique Gold e. Marcel wall-mounted mirror h530 w640mm Available in the following finishes: Chrome or Antique Gold

d. e. f. g. 125

126

BATHING LUXURY LUXURY BATHS 128 ROLL TOP BATHS 133 CAST IRON TUBS 134 ACRYLIC BATHS 144 WHIRLPOOL BATHS 148 127

LUXURY BATHS The ultimate style statement. These beautiful and unique pieces represent the finest cast iron baths available today. Entirely handcrafted, they are not only visually stunning, but are also of superior quality and design and represent the absolute pinnacle of timeless luxury. a. 128 a. Radison Cureo* (0 tap holes) With the outside of the bath hand-stitched with chocolate coloured leather effect trim h725 w1700 d680mm b. Baglioni Cobra* (0 tap holes) Copper skirted bath h725 w1700 d680mm *Manufactured to order

b. 129

a. 130

b. c. a. Radison cast iron bath in polished aluminium* (0 tap holes) h725 w1700 d680mm b. Baglioni cast iron bath* (0 tap holes) h725 w1700 d680mm c. Westbury cast iron bath* (0 tap holes) h725 w1700 d680mm *Manufactured to order 131

a. a. Radison cast iron bath* (0 tap holes) h725 w1700 d680mm *Manufactured to order 132

ROLL-TOP BATHS A classic style statement. Manufactured from hard-wearing, modern-day materials to recreate the authentic period look of the Victorian originals, our superb roll-top baths feature ball and claw feet in a choice of White, Chrome or Antique Gold finish and all roll-tops carry a full 20-year guarantee. c. d. e. f. b. b. Coniston single ended bath* Supplied without tap holes* Feet finish options: White, Chrome or Antique Gold 1710 x 780mm c. Derwent slipper bath* Supplied without tap holes* Feet finish options: White, Chrome or Antique Gold 1550mm x 750mm *These baths are supplied without any tap holes, but can be drilled on site to give the end user a 2 tap hole combination. d. Windermere double ended bath* Supplied without tap holes* Feet finish options: White, Chrome or Antique Gold 1750mm x 800mm e. Roll-top S trap low seal Available in Chrome or Antique Gold finishes f. Roll-top bath shroud & exposed waste Available in Chrome or Antique Gold finishes 133

CAST IRON BATH TUBS A free-standing cast iron bath can be the crowning glory of any traditional or contemporary bathroom, adding authentic period luxury. Historically, customers have had a wide range of charming free-standing designs to choose from; something we think should still be true today. Therefore, Imperial offers a number of models supplied in a grey primer finish, allowing the exterior to be painted to suit your particular décor – an extra touch of individuality to further enhance the beauty of your new bathroom space. Cradle options available: Natural Oak Unfinished Oak Wenge 134 Foot colour options available: 1. Cast Iron 2. White 3. Chrome 4. Antique Gold a. b. a. Bentley Madera double ended bath (2 tap holes or 0 tap holes) Cradle options: Natural Oak, Unfinished Oak or Wenge h585 w1700 d780mm b. Marriot double ended bath with co-ordinated plinth (2 tap holes or 0 tap holes) h585 w1700 d780mm c. Bentley double ended bath (2 tap holes or 0 tap holes) Feet finish options: Cast Iron, White, Chrome or Antique Gold h585 w1700 d780mm Supplied with Imperial feet 1. 2. 3. 4.

c. 135

a. 136

a. Plaza double ended bath (2 tap holes or 0 top holes) Feet finish options: Cast Iron, Chrome or Antique Gold h610 w1770 d790mm Shown with Chrome feet b. b. Roll-top bath shroud & exposed waste Available in Chrome or Antique Gold finishes (bath shroud not shown) c c. Roll-top S trap low seal Available in Chrome or Antique Gold finishes Cradle options available: Natural Oak Unfinished Oak Wenge d. d. Plaza Madera (2 tap holes or 0 top holes) h610 w1770 d790mm Cradle options: Natural Oak, Unfinished Oak or Wenge 137

a. 138 a. Langham cast iron bath (2 tap holes or 0 tap holes) h656 w1800 d800mm Cradle options: Natural Oak, Unfinished Oak or Wenge b. Carlton cast iron bath (2 tap holes or 0 tap holes) h656 w1800 d800mm Feet Finish Options: Chrome or Antique Gold c. Dorchester sunken bath h656 w1800 d800mm Supplied with cast iron standard bath feet Cradle options available: b. Natural Oak Unfinished Oak Wenge

c. 139

a. 140

b. a. Sheraton double ended slipper bath (2 tap holes or 0 tap holes) Feet finish options: Cast Iron, White, Chrome or Antique Gold h790 w1800 d770mm Supplied with Ball G&H foot NB. Image shown features additional inspirational decoration which is not supplied Foot colour options available 1. Cast Iron 2. White 3. Chrome 4. Antique Gold b. Sheraton double ended slipper bath (2 tap holes or 0 tap holes) Feet finish options: Cast Iron, White, Chrome or Antique Gold h790 w1800 d770mm Supplied with lion foot 1. 2. 3. 4. 141

a. 142

a. Ritz slipper bath – 1540 (2 tap holes or 0 tap holes) Feet finish options: Cast Iron, White, Chrome or Antique Gold h779 w1540 d740mm Supplied with Imperial feet Ritz slipper bath – 1700 (2 tap holes or 0 tap holes) Feet finish options: Cast Iron, White, Chrome or Antique Gold h779 w1700 d760mm Supplied with Imperial feet b. Harrington single ended cast iron bath for use with Imperial bath panels (2 tap holes or 0 tap holes) w1700 d750mm c. Waldorf single ended bath (2 tap holes or 0 tap holes) Feet finish options: Cast Iron, White, Chrome or Antique Gold h610 w1700 d775mm Supplied with Ball and Claw feet Foot colour options available: 1. Cast Iron 2. White 3. Chrome 4. Antique Gold 1. 2. 3. 4. b. c. 143

ACRYLIC BATHS A bath to suit your style. To complement our bathroom ranges, Imperial offers an exceptional selection of high quality acrylic baths and panels in a wide choice of styles to allow total individuality and flexibility. All baths carry a full 20-year guarantee. b. c. 144 a.

d. a. Westminster bath* 1700x740mm (0 tap hole) White b. Consus bath 1695x750mm (0 tap hole) White c. Serene bath 1700x750mm (0 tap hole) White Acrylic front panel Acrylic end panel d. Oxford bath* 1700x750mm (0 tap hole) White or Cream haze *Not suitable for a shower screen 145

a. 146 b.

c. d. a. Indulgence shower bath – 1675mm 850mm 1675x750mm shower area (left hand shown) (0 tap hole) White Acrylic front panel – 1675mm Acrylic end panel – 750mm Indulgence shower bath – 1500mm** 850mm 1500x700mm shower area (0 tap hole) White Acrylic front panel – 1500mm Acrylic end panel – 700mm Indulgence shower screen for both the 1675mm and 1500mm shower bath Toughened plain glass, hinge and bar handle (Chrome finish) e. b. Shower screen (Chrome) For use with Serene & Consus acrylic baths and Harrington cast iron bath c. Drift bath 1700x800mm (0 tap hole) White Acrylic front panel Acrylic end panel (pair) d. Astoria Deco bath 1695x750mm (0 tap hole) (White) e. Windsor luxury double* ended bath 1695x800mm (0 tap hole) (White) *Not suitable for a shower screen **Indulgence shower screen is not designed to close fully against the wall on the 1500mm shower bath 147

148

WHIRLPOOL BATHS Relaxing & invigorating. With a choice of quiet operating whirlpool systems – Imperial offers you the ultimate in bath time luxury to soothe away the stresses and strains of every day life. Choosing your new Imperial whirlpool bath couldn’t be easier. First choose your bath, and then make your brassware and panel selections. Finally choose from one of our whirlpool systems below: 8 Jet Whirlpool system • Complete self-draining pump and system. • Multi directional jets. • Electronic touch pad control with hi/low level sensors for dry running protection. 10 Jet Turbo system • Complete self-draining pump and system. • Multi directional jets. • Warm air injection for extra hydro massage power. • Electronic touch pad control with hi/low level sensors for dry running protection. • Variable speed control. • Automatic hygiene management programme. 16 Jet Multi system • Complete self-draining pump and system. • Mini massage jets. • Rotating reflexology jets. • Rotating lumber jets. • Warm air injection for extra hydro massage power. • Electronic touch pad control with hi/low level sensors for dry running protection. • Variable speed control. • Automatic hygiene management programme. 20 Jet Multi system • Complete self-draining pump and system. • 20 mini massage jets for all round massage. • Warm air injection for extra hydro massage power. • Electronic touch pad control with hi/low level sensors for dry running protection. • Variable speed control. • Automatic hygiene management programme. Imperial Whirlpool systems are supplied pre-fitted to the Imperial bath of your choice. 149

150

SUMPTUOUS WALL & FLOOR TILES ANTIQUE CRACKLE 152 THE NATURALS RANGE 158 151

152 ANTIQUE CRACKLE CERAMIC WALL TILES Imperial is all about distinctive character and timeless design: a delightful and beautiful blend of modernity with tradition. To help you complete this distinguished look, average wall tiles simply won’t do. That’s why we created our own exclusive range of prestigious ceramic tiles to match your high and demanding expectations. Thanks to the latest manufacturing technology these tiles have the handmade look with their gently irregular edges. The distinctive impression continues with the thick white body (a hallmark of top quality tiles) and an elegant lustrous surface with a subtle crystalline crackle-glazed finish, replicating the close-up patina of tiles first fixed centuries ago. Unlike old tiles, however, these deliciously rich, deep glazes won’t stain or discolour in years to come.

153

154

PERIOD STYLE, MODERN QUALITY Nothing creates that turn-of-the-century tiled look more convincingly than this classic brick shape. In the time honoured way you can add sumptuous detail with our collection of dado tiles, capping strips and glass mosaic tiles. All items are produced in seven soothing shades for you to match or, if you prefer, to mix in imaginative contrasting schemes. a. White Linen 13x6.5cm a. Grey Ecru 13x6.5cm b. Grey Ecru dado 13x5cm b. White Linen dado 13x5cm c. White Linen capping 13x2.5cm c. Grey Ecru capping 13x2.5cm a. *Cream Haze 13x6.5cm a. SageThistle 13x6.5cm b. SageThistledado 13x5cm b. *Cream Haze dado 13x5cm c. *Cream Haze capping 13x2.5cm c. SageThistlecapping 13x2.5cm a. Ivory Shell 13x6.5cm a. BlueNimbus 13x6.5cm b. BlueNimbus dado 13x5cm b. Ivory Shell dado 13x5cm c. Ivory Shell capping 13x2.5cm c. BlueNimbus capping 13x2.5cm d. Glass Grey d. Glass White d. Glass Cream OPTIONS a. 60 tiles/box. 120 tiles/square metre, minimum order quantity, 1/2 square metre. b. 24 pieces/box. 8 pieces/linear metre. c. 60 pieces/box. 8 pieces/linear metre. d. 1 sheet = 300x300mm on web backing. * Ideal for use with Cream Haze sanitaryware. a. Canvas Wheat 13x6.5cm b. Canvas Wheat dado 13x5cm c. Canvas Wheat capping 13x2.5cm 155

156 EVERY COMBINATION IS UNIQUE That’s the beauty of a range of ceramic tiles that offers so many options. With square tiles, dado tiles, capping strips and glass mosaic feature strips you can bring shapes together in an infinite number of ways. Then enjoy the further dimension of colour by bringing one or more of the seven subtle shades into your design scheme. a. White Linen 13x13cm a. Grey Ecru 13x13cm b. Grey Ecru dado 13x5cm b. White Linen dado 13x5cm c. White Linen capping 13x2.5cm c. Grey Ecru capping 13x2.5cm a. *Cream Haze 13x13cm a. SageThistle 13x13cm b. SageThistledado 13x5cm b. *Cream Haze dado 13x5cm c. *Cream Haze capping 13x2.5cm c. SageThistlecapping 13x2.5cm a. Ivory Shell 13x13cm a. BlueNimbus 13x13cm b. BlueNimbus dado 13x5cm b. Ivory Shell dado 13x5cm c. Ivory Shell capping 13x2.5cm c. BlueNimbus capping 13x2.5cm d. Glass Grey d. Glass White d. Glass Cream OPTIONS All tiles sold in boxed quantities only. a. 60 tiles/square metre, minimum order quantity, 1/2 square metre. b. 8 pieces/linear metre. c. 8 pieces/linear metre. d. 1 sheet = 300x300mm on web backing. * Ideal for use with Cream Haze sanitaryware. a. Canvas Wheat 13x13cm b. Canvas Wheat dado 13x5cm c. Canvas Wheat capping 13x2.5cm

157

158 THE NATURALS RANGE PORCELAIN WALL & FLOOR TILES The Naturals Collection boasts all the aesthetic charm and appeal of real stone and can be used to create a stunning contemporary feel or even add a sense of history to a bathroom setting. Used to create a stunning, single colour backdrop or combined to provide a dramatic multi-coloured effect, it contrasts beautifully with the crisp white ceramics of Imperial’s luxurious sanitaryware.

159

As featured: Charcoal 30x30 tile White glass mosaic Isis basin & pedestal Cisne 3 hole basin tap 160

a. Chalk 30x30cm b. Chalk 15x15cm c. Chalk 10x10cm Chalk skirting 9.5x30cm All tiles sold in boxed quantities only. a. 9 pieces per box. b. 36 pieces per box. c. 54 pieces per box. a. Sand 30x30cm b. Sand 15x15cm c. Sand 10x10cm Sand skirting 9.5x30cm a. Charcoal 30x30cm b. Charcoal 15x15cm c. Charcoal 10x10cm Charcoal skirting 9.5x30cm NATURAL BEAUTY Available in three colours – chalk, sand and charcoal – The Naturals Collection bears the illusion of natural stone courtesy of very modern manufacturing processes and a tumbling procedure that gives each and every tile a unique handmade appearance. The tiles also bear the illusion of real marble with their authentic soft, sugary appearance. Unlike marble, however, The Naturals Collection features outstanding technical qualities and is free from the chores of maintenance. Resistant to abrasion and corrosion, these through body coloured tiles require no sealing and are virtually non-porous, which helps prevent staining and colour discolouration in years to come. The Naturals Collection features three standard sizes – 300mm by 300mm, 150mm by 150mm and 100mm by 100mm – and Bullnose Battiscopa skirtings are available in 300mm by 95mm, and in all three colours. Combining floor tiles from The Naturals Collection with Imperial’s range of antique crackle-glaze ceramic wall tiles, particularly the White Linen, Cream Haze and Ivory Shell shades, guarantees a space of real distinction and uniqueness. 161

162

CLASSICAL BRASSWARE COLLECTION POULIE 164 GLOBO 166 VICTORIAN 168 COU 170 NIVEAU 172 GIOIELLO 174 GLACE 176 NOTTE 178 REGENT 180 PRÉ 182 VUELO 184 EDWARDIAN 186 BEC 188 LIERRE 190 CROWN LEVER 192 WESTMINSTER 194 CISNE 196 163

164

POULIE Stylish and dramatic charm. With advanced quarter turn ceramic disc technology, Poulie can be teamed with both classical and contemporary sanitaryware with equally striking effect. Only suitable for high pressure/pumped water systems. a. d. c. b. a. 4 hole bath filler kit with handset b. Bath shower mixer kit, deck-mounted Floor-mounted stand-pipe kit (not shown), for use with bath shower mixer c. 3 hole basin mixer kit d. Stopcock kit All brassware available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes 165

GLOBO Traditionally elegant with regal proportions. Globo epitomises all that is luxurious and elegant in brassware. Incorporating quarter turn ceramic disc technology, it is the perfect fusion of delightful charm and performance. Only suitable for high pressure/pumped water systems. b. c. d. e. 166 f. a. a. Bath shower mixer kit Floor-mounted stand-pipe kit (not shown), for use with bath shower mixer b. 4 hole bath filler kit c. Basin mono mixer kit d. 3 hole basin mixer kit e. Bidet mono mixer kit f. Stopcock kit All brassware available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes

167

168

VICTORIAN The authentic period look. Featuring a conventional compression valve, our superb quality, nostalgically-styled Victorian brassware range includes basin and mixer taps, bath/shower mixer, shower set and much more. Suitable for both low and high water pressure. a. 1/2" Monobloc basin mixer complete with pop up waste b. 3/4" Bath shower mixer deck or wall-mounted, complete with shower kit c. 1/2" Monobloc bidet mixer complete with pop up waste d. 1/2" Basin pillar taps e. 3/4" Bath pillar taps f. 1/2" 3 hole basin/bidet mixer complete with pop up waste g. 1/2" Cloak basin pillar taps 1/2" 3 hole extended basin mixer (not shown) complete with pop up waste All brassware available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes a. c. e. f. g. b. d. 169

COU Glorious, striking and elegant. Cou makes a design statement without compare. Quarter turn ceramic disc technology teamed with classical style makes the Cou range of brassware, unique in its own way. Only suitable for high pressure/pumped water systems. b. c. d. e. 170 f. a. a. Bath shower mixer kit, deck mounted Floor-mounted stand-pipe kit (not shown), for use with bath shower mixer b. Basin mono mixer kit c. Bidet mono mixer kit d. 3 hole basin mixer kit e. 4 hole bath filler and handset kit f. Stopcock kit All brassware available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes

171

172

NIVEAU Parisian style oozing timeless classical appeal. Niveau makes a design statement all of its own. Team this range of striking brassware with any sanitaryware range to add a new dimension of class and style. Incorporating quarter turn ceramic disc technology. Only suitable for high pressure/pumped water systems. b. c. f. a. d. e. a. Bath shower mixer kit Floor-mounted stand-pipe kit (not shown), for use with bath shower mixer b. Stopcock kit c. 3 hole basin mixer kit d. Basin mono mixer kit e. Bidet mono mixer kit f. 4 hole bath filler kit with shower handset All brassware available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes 173

GIOIELLO Taking its inspiration from Middle Eastern jewellery and architecture, Gioiello is sure to prove a timeless classic. With quarter turn ceramic disc technology. Only suitable for high-pressure/pumped water systems. 174 b. f. a. c. e. a. 4 hole bath filler and handset kit b. Bath shower mixer kit, deck-mounted c. Bidet mono mixer kit d. Basin mono mixer kit d. e. 3 hole basin mixer kit Floor-mounted stand-pipe kit (not shown), for use with bath shower mixer f. Stopcock kit All brassware available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes

175

176

GLACE Bringing art into the bathroom. Bold and energetic, Glace is as striking as it is dynamic. Incorporating quarter turn ceramic disc technology. Only suitable for high-pressure/pumped water systems. a. Bath shower mixer kit, deck-mounted Floor-mounted stand-pipe kit (not shown), for use with bath shower mixer b. Stopcock kit c. Basin mono mixer kit d. Bidet mono mixer kit e. 4 hole bath filler and handset kit f. 3 hole basin mixer kit All brassware available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes b. c. e. f. a. d. 177

NOTTE Sleek, beautiful, elegant. With its black handles and flowing smooth chrome curves, Notte is sure to appeal to the modern and traditionalist alike. Incorporating quarter turn ceramic disc technology. 178 b. a. 3 hole basin mixer kit With black ceramic handles b. 4 hole bath filler kit With black ceramic handles c. Stopcock kit With black ceramic handles d. Bath shower mixer kit With black ceramic handles Floor-mounted stand-pipe kit (not shown), for use with bath shower mixer e. Bidet With black ceramic handle All brassware available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes d. a. c. e.

179

180

REGENT Stunningly versatile. Beautifully crafted in chrome or antique gold finishes with advanced quarter turn ceramic disc technology, Regent can be teamed with a contemporary or traditional suite with equally perfect results. Suitable for both low and high-pressure water systems. b. d. f. c. a. e. a. Bath shower mixer deck mounted, complete with shower kit b. Monobloc basin mixer complete with pop up waste c. Monobloc bidet mixer complete with pop up waste All brassware available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes d. 1/2” Basin pillar taps e. 3 hole basin mixer complete with pop up waste f. 3/4” Bath pillar taps 181

PRÉ Classic elegance and traditional style. Taking its design inspiration from the Victorian scullery, Pré fuses the best of yesteryear with the best of today. Incorporating quarter turn ceramic disc technology. Only suitable for high-pressure/pumped water systems. a. 3 hole basin mixer kit b. Bath shower mixer kit, deck mounted Floor-mounted stand-pipe kit (not shown), for use with bath shower mixer c. Stopcock kit d. 4 hole bath filler and handset kit All brassware available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes 182 c. b. d. a.

183

184

VUELO Exuding strength and refinement Vuelo’s soft, smooth body is married beautifully with bold, forceful handles. A simple, yet graceful collection. Incorporating quarter turn ceramic disc technology. Only suitable for high-pressure/pumped water systems. a. Bath shower mixer kit, deck-mounted d. Floor-mounted stand-pipe kit (not shown), for use with bath shower mixer b. 3 hole basin mixer kit c. Bidet d. 4 hole bath filler and handset kit e. Stopcock kit All brassware available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes b. a. c. e. 185

EDWARDIAN A new look at tradition. We’ve taken the classic cross-head brassware look and brought it into the 21st Century with gleaming chrome and smoothly operating quarter turn ceramic disc design. Suitable for both low and high-pressure water systems. a. 3 hole basin mixer complete with pop up waste b. 3/4” Bath pillar taps c. 1/2” Basin pillar taps d. Monobloc basin mixer complete with pop up waste c. d. 186 e. Monobloc bidet mixer complete with pop up waste f. Bath shower mixer, deck-mounted All brassware available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes e. a. b. f.

187

188

BEC A collection of real character. Marry Bec to any modern or traditional sanitaryware to transform it into a real work of art… a centrepiece to be proud of. Incorporating quarter turn ceramic disc technology. Only suitable for high-pressure/pumped water systems. b. a. 3 hole basin mixer kit with black ceramic handles b. 4 hole bath filler kit With black ceramic handles c. Stopcock kit with black ceramic handles d. Bath shower mixer kit with black ceramic handles Floor-mounted stand-pipe kit (not shown), for use with bath shower mixer All brassware available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes d. a. c. 189

LIERRE Unashamedly, a timeless classic. If it wasn’t for the modern quarter turn ceramic disc technology incorporated in this range, you might almost swear that your new Lierre brassware has been a family heirloom passed down for generations. Only suitable for high-pressure/pumped water systems. b. c. e. 190 f. a. d. a. 3 hole basin mixer kit b. Bidet mono mixer kit c. 4 hole bath filler kit d. Stopcock kit e. Basin mono mixer kit f. Bath shower mixer kit Floor-mounted stand-pipe kit (not shown), for use with bath shower mixer All brassware available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes

191

192

CROWN LEVER Designed to complement. Sculptured in brass, with quarter turn ceramic disc valves to ensure smooth operation, the Crown Lever brassware range offers a variety of options in a choice of Chrome or Antique Gold finish. Suitable for both low and high-pressure water systems. a. b. c. e. a. 3 hole basin mixer complete with pop up waste b. 1/2” Basin pillar taps c. 3/4” Bath pillar taps d. Bath shower mixer, deck-mounted f. d. e. Monobloc basin mixer complete with pop up waste f. Monobloc bidet mixer complete with pop up waste All brassware available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes 193

WESTMINSTER Period styling, modern performance. Finished in Chrome or Antique Gold, with quarter turn ceramic disc valves that deliver an ultra-smooth operation. The superbly-styled Westminster range offers period styling combined with up-to-the-minute engineering. Suitable for both low and high-pressure water systems. a. b. d. e. f. a. 1/2" Monobloc bidet mixer complete with pop up waste b. 1/2" Monobloc basin mixer complete with pop up waste 194 c. Bath shower mixer deck-mounted, complete with shower kit d. 3/4” Bath pillar taps All brassware available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes e. 1/2" Basin pillar taps f. 1/2" 3 hole basin mixer complete with pop up waste c.

195

196

CISNE Modern, sleek, elegant. The best design is understated, unobtrusive yet beautiful in execution – Cisne optimises these ideals. Incorporating quarter turn ceramic disc technology. Only suitable for high pressure/pumped water systems. b. e. c. d. f. a. a. Bath shower mixer kit, deck-mounted Floor-mounted stand-pipe kit (not shown) for use with bath shower mixer b. 4-hole bath filler kit All brassware available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel finishes c. Basin mono mixer kit d. 3 hole basin mixer kit e. Bidet mono mixer kit f. Stopcock kit 197

198

As featured: DRAMATIC LIGHTING Brokton wall lamp with Black Leather shade 199

a. c. 200 b. d.

e. g. f. a. Brokton wall light with a White Linen shade Brokton wall light with a Black Leather shade (as featured on Page 198) b. Cadiz wall light with Glass shade c. Toledo single wall light and Glass shade Toledo double wall light and Glass shade (not shown) h. i. j. d. Avila wall light with Glass shade e. Astoria wall lamp and Black fabric shade f. Segovia lamp and Glass shade g. "Tube" wall light These lamps have been tested and rated at IP44. Suitable for use in Zones 2 and 3 in a bathroom. See technical details at the back of the Design Guide for further information. Only available in Chrome finish. Light pull options available: h. Solid chromed Brass light pull with Black ceramic case i. Solid chromed Brass lightpull j. Solid chromed Brass light pull with White ceramic case 201

202

RADIATORS AND TOWEL WARMERS As featured: Lund floor radiator Naturals wall & floor tile in charcoal 30 x 30cm 203

a. b. a. Malmo 5 bar White** h952 w500 d220mm 1176 BTU Available in Chrome/White All decorative radiators can be made to custom sizes and finishes as required 204 b. Malmo 6 bar 1500 White** h1500 w584 d225mm 2728 BTU Available in Chrome/White

c. Malmo 8 bar Black** h952 w685 d225mm 3383 BTU Available in Chrome/Black Malmo 8 bar white** h952 w685 d225mm 3383 BTU Available in Chrome/White c. d. d. Pitea heated clothes horse radiator valve (pair)** h780 w685 d230mm 2007 BTU Available in Chrome e. Traditional Chrome radiator valves (pair) Available in Chrome **Supplied without radiator valve e. 205

a. b. a. Taby Cast Iron radiator 4 bar h765 w342 d230mm 2356 BTU Available in White, Cast Iron, Pewter & Old Copper finishes with a standard or thermostatic valve Taby Cast Iron radiator 6 bar (not shown) h765 w496 d230mm 3534 BTU Available in White, Cast Iron, Pewter & Old Copper finishes with a standard or thermostatic valve 206 b. Tumba Cast Iron radiator 4 bar (not shown) h750 w300 d132mm 1546 BTU Available in White, Cast Iron, Pewter & Old Copper finishes with a standard or thermostatic valve Tumba Cast Iron radiator 6 bar h750 w450 d132mm 3219 BTU Available in White, Cast Iron, Pewter & Old Copper finishes with a standard or thermostatic valve Wall stay bracket for use with the Taby and Tumba Cast Iron radiators (not shown) Available in Cast Iron, White, Pewter & Old Copper Finishes Made to measure radiators: any of the new decorative Taby and Tumba Cast Iron radiators are available in any size made to measure. For more details and prices please contact the Imperial Sales Desk on: 01922 743074.

c. Amal h914 w610 d140mm 1569 BTU Available in Chrome only d. Lund wall radiator 685mm h685 w685 d130mm 576 BTU Available in Chrome only Lund wall radiator 475mm (not shown) h750 w475 d130mm 907 BTU Available in Chrome only Lund floor radiator (not shown) h952 w685 d130mm 859 BTU Available in Chrome only (as featured on page 202) e. Brass ladder radiator available in the following sizes h400 w600 d75mm - 859 BTU h1800 w600 d75mm - 859 BTU h1400 w500 d75mm - 859 BTU h1400 w650 d75mm - 859 BTU Available in the following finishes: Chrome or Antique Gold All decorative radiators can be made to custom sizes and finishes as required c. d. e. 207

208

ELEGANT ACCESSORIES ASTORIA 210 YORK 212 AVIGNON 214 MELETO 216 RONDINE 218 LINARI 220 HENLEY 222 CAMBRIDGE 224 ISTIA 226 FREESTANDING TOWEL RAILS 228 MISC ACCESSORIES 230 209

210

ASTORIA Timeless and graceful. Express yourself with the glamour and grace of the 1920's with this collection of timeless Art Deco accessories. a. d. b. c. a. 620mm Wall-mounted gallery shelf b. 590mm Wall-mounted single towel rail c. 590mm Wall-mounted double towel rail d. Wall-mounted round bevelled mirror 540mm diameter e. f. g. h. e. Wall-mounted toothbrush holder f. Wall-mounted soap dish g. Wall-mounted robe hook h. Wall-mounted toilet roll holder 211

YORK Intricately detailed. With its pretty curves and intricate fretwork, our popular York range of accessories perfectly complements the wide selection of traditional and period bathrooms in the Imperial collection. A wide choice of options are available, finished in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel. b. d. e. 212 g. a. c. f. h. i. a. Tumbler holder b. Glass shelf 550mm c. Soap dish d. Single towel rail 545mm e. Toilet roll holder f. Robe hook g. Towel arm 460mm h. Double towel rail 545mm i. Glass shelf with towel arm Finishes available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel

213

214

AVIGNON Graceful and elegant. The beautifully proportioned Avignon range is sure to give your new bathroom an elegant and truly luxurious feel. Combining glass, frosted glass and polished chrome, the Avignon range is truly a timeless classic. c. d. e. f. g. h. a. Wall-mounted soap dish b. Wall-mounted tumbler c. Wall-mounted glass shelf 75cm d. Wall-mounted double towel rail 60cm Wall-mounted towel rail 60cm (not shown) Wall-mounted short towel rail 42cm (not shown) Only available in Chrome finish e. Wall-mounted tilting mirror (available in Oak, White or Wenge finish) f. Wall-mounted covered toilet roll holder g. Wall-mounted toilet roll holder h. Wall-mounted toilet brush i. Freestanding toilet brush j. Wall-mounted robe hook a. j. b. i. 215

MELETO Brimming with rustic charm and practical simplicity. Equally at home in a bathroom taking inspiration from the most modern barn-conversion or rejuvenated country estate, and the most modern penthouse apartment. The Meleto range combines the best of the old, with the best of the new. a. Wall-mounted mirror w61 h93cm b. Wall-mounted towel ring c. Wall-mounted toilet roll holder d. Wall-mounted soap dish e. Wall-mounted tumbler f. Wall-mounted toilet brush g. Wall-mounted robe hook h. Wall-mounted single towel rail 60cm i. Wall-mounted glass shelf 70cm Only available in Brushed Nero finish h. i. 216 d. a. e. f. g. b. c.

217

218

RONDINE Practical, flexible and versatile. The Rondine range, with its fusion of chrome and ceramic capping details, captures the spirit of bygone times, yet retains its own modern and contemporary feel. a. Wall-mounted soap dish and tumbler b. Wall-mounted tumbler c. Wall-mounted soap dish d. Wall-mounted robe hook e. Wall-mounted long towel rail 60cm f. Wall-mounted short towel rail 43cm g. Wall-mounted glass shelf 70cm h. Wall-mounted toilet roll holder i. Freestanding toilet brush Only available in White/Chrome finish h. d. i. g. a. b. c. e. f. 219

LINARI Make a modern and striking design statement. Combining stained wood, frosted glass and polished chrome, what could be more modern and elegant? The Linari range has been developed to coordinate perfectly with our furniture ranges in a bold, simple yet dramatic ‘wenge’ finish. 220 c. a. Wall-mounted toilet brush b. Wall-mounted robe hook c. Wall-mounted toilet roll holder d. Wall-mounted short towel rail 30cm d. e. Wall-mounted long towel rail 60cm f. Wall-mounted soap dish g. Wall-mounted tumbler Only available in Chrome/ Wenge finish a. e. f. g. b.

221

222

HENLEY Delicately understated. The delicate Henley range of accessories works equally well in both traditional and modern bathrooms. Options include everything from toilet roll holders and glass shelves to robe hooks, available in three stunning finishes: Chrome, Polished Nickel and Antique Gold. a. Tumbler holder b. Robe hook c. Soap dish d. Toilet roll holder e. Towel rail single 550mm e. Towel rail double 550mm (not shown) f. Glass gallery shelf 540mm Finishes available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel c. d. a. f. b. 223

CAMBRIDGE Beauty & practicality combined. An original and imaginative combination of White ceramic and delicate metalwork in a choice of Chrome or Antique Gold has made our Cambridge range an enduring favourite amongst Imperial’s customers. b. c. a. Tilting oval bevelled mirror h530 x w510 mm b. Toilet brush & holder c. Towel ring 150mm (diameter) d. Toilet roll holder e. Long shelf 530mm 224 f. Robe hook g. Towel rail 600mm h. Tumbler holder i. Soap dish Finishes available in White/Chrome, White/Antique Gold or White/Polished Nickel d. g. a. e. f. h. i.

225

226

ISTIA Graceful with a modern continental twist. The Istia range, with its graceful scroll design is reminiscent of intricate ironwork detailing found in balconies and architectural ironwork throughout the Mediterranean. European high-design brought home today. a. Wall-mounted robe hook b. Wall-mounted toilet roll holder c. Wall-mounted small towel rail 34cm d. Wall-mounted glass shelf 70cm Wall-mounted large towel rail 63cm (not shown) e. Wall-mounted tilting mirror (available in Oak, White or Wenge finish) f. Wall-mounted towel ring g. Albert free-standing 6” mirror (only available in Chrome) h. Free-standing toilet brush (only available in Chrome) i. Wall-mounted soap dish j. Wall-mounted tumbler Finishes available in Chrome, Antique Gold or Polished Nickel g. h. i. j. e. a. c. d. b. f. 227

FREE-STANDING TOWEL RAILS Combining utility and grace, with practicality and flexibility. Wherever and whenever you need to dry yourself, our beautiful free-standing towel rails will always be right there within arms reach. A finishing statement of class and regal distinction. a. b. 228 a. Barcelona free-standing towel rail h850 w730 d380mm b. Valencia free-standing towel rail h840 w825 d340mm c. Seville free-standing towel rail h840 w725 d240mm Available in Chrome finish only

c. 229

230

ACCESSORIES The smallest things can sometimes make the biggest difference. Finish off your bathroom with style. c. d. a. Bathroom door plaque b. Toilet door plaque c. Wall-mounted magazine rack d. Imperial basin waste e. William wallmounted shaving mirror 8” diameter Only available in Chrome finish f. Charles wallmounted shaving mirror 8” diameter g. Edward free-standing mirror 10” diameter h. George free-standing mirror 8” diameter i. Albert free-standing mirror 6” diameter a. e. f. g. h. i. b. 231

GUARANTEES, TERMS AND CUSTOMER CARE PURCHASINGAND INSTALLINGYOUR IMPERIAL BATHROOM ENGLISH GUARANTEES AND CUSTOMER CARE, TERMS AND CONDITIONS SALES ORDERS All orders must be faxed to Imperial (+44 1922 743180) or sent by e-mail export@imperialbathrooms.co.uk. Unfortunately we are unable to accept verbal orders. The Buyer must acknowledge that he is aware of Imperial’s Selling Terms and Conditions when placing the order. Cancelled Orders must be done in writing (by fax or e mail) to the sales office. If the order has been shipped or has been delivered, then there will be a 30% re-stocking fee applicable. DELIVERY Subject to stock availability, we would expect to ship the goods from our warehouse within 5 working days. If we are unable to ship the order complete, then we will ship the goods as soon as all item are available. The Sales office will keep you informed of your order status, and if you have any questions then please call the sales office on +44 1922 743074. If a delivery has missing or damaged items, then you must inform in writing the sales office within 3 working days of receiving the goods (by fax or e mail). Failure to declare this within this timescale will make the claim void. RETURNS No goods can be returned to Imperial without authorization. Please inform the sales office of any returns, and obtain a Return Material Authorisation Number. Imperial will then contact you to make arrangements to have the goods returned. TERMS & CONDITIONS Please contact the Sales office for a set of our Terms and Conditions. These terms and conditions are governed by the laws of England and Wales and each party submits to the jurisdiction of the English Courts. Other Conditions are as laid out by the Selling Contract & letter of introduction by Imperial INSTALLATION & TECHNICAL SPECS We recommend that all products are purchased with the assistance of a specialist bathroom retailer and always installed by an experienced installer who is a member of a recognised plumbing association. A list of bathroom retailers is available from our sales office and many retailers who display the Imperial product ranges can offer a complete design and installation service. Imperial Bathrooms Sanitaryware products are produced to the most demanding standards and each piece can be subject to as many as 15 individual quality control checks during production. Notwithstanding the high quality finishes achieved in the Imperial factory, all Sanitaryware is subject to the limitations of the ceramic manufacturing process. Unlike machine finished products, natural clay based products shrink and move during firing and, because it is not possible to control this process absolutely, minor variations in the dimensional stability of finished products will occur. In most instances this is not noticeable and will have no significant effect upon the installation or upon the look of the finished bathroom, but in any event these variations are normal and to be expected. For further Technical Information and Dimensions please go to www.imperialtechspec.com or contact the sales office on +44 1922 743074 All products should be inspected before installation. (i) Sizes all sizes quoted in this brochure are nominal. Actual ceramic sizes may vary by + or – 2% against the figures quoted in our technical data. When planning installations where dimensions are critical it is essential that the space allowed for individual items is physically checked with the products to be installed. 232 (ii) Wood Finishes - All natural wood finishes mature with age and Colours may vary slightly from batch to batch or from panel to panel. It is therefore not always possible to achieve a precise colour match when additional items are added at a later date. (iii) Vitreous China These are extremely hard, nonporous products; but are also brittle and therefore must not be put under stress during installation. Basin waste fittings when over tightened can create stress within the ceramic material which may in time cause the failure of the product. Waste fittings should be carefully bedded in silicon and the back nut hand tightened. One additional quarter turn using a suitable spanner is sufficient to create the required watertight seal. Care should also be taken when fitting brassware in order to prevent similar stress related failures. (iv) Cistern Flushing All Imperial Bathrooms WC pans and cisterns flush at 6 litres in compliance with European EN Standards (v) Acrylic Baths - Acrylic bath sizes are nominal the final size often depending on the degree of detail incorporated in the design. All baths should be carefully inspected before installation. (vi) Gold & Nickel plating all items supplied in Antique Gold or Nickel finish have been plated in the UK and the plating complies with British and European Standards relating to the products concerned. These special order items can not be returned to Imperial (vii) Furniture - Imperial Bathrooms furniture is produced from a combination of solid wood and wood veneer panels, and all sizes quoted are nominal and must be checked against actual product. The timber used is supplied from renewable sources and whilst every care is taken in the manufacture of wooden products inevitably there will always be variation in both colour and grain pattern between individual pieces - indeed this is part of the beauty and unique appeal of using a natural material. Where frosted glass is a feature, only toughened safety glass is used. (viii) Cast Iron Baths - During manufacture a thick coat of powder enamel is fused onto the internal surface of the red hot cast iron. This long established process can however produce ripples, small dimples and specks on the surface which are indeed part of the character and appeal of this type of product and it is normal and to be expected- the performance of the bath is however not affected. (ix) Bar Pressures- The recommended operating pressure for taps, mixers and shower valves is from 0.3 Bar to 5 Bar. If the pressure is higher, a pressure reducing valve should be incorporated within the system. (x) Tiles your tiles have been manufactured to simulate the look, (size, shape, colour, thickness, tone of glaze) of a hand made tile and, as such, are all different in appearance from each other. In order to obtain the best blend, we recommend taking tiles from a number of boxes on application. To obtain the best appearance, we recommend a 3mm grout line. Use only waterproof adhesives and grouts. For Further Technical Data and for further installation instructions on the Tiles please contact the sales office on +44 1922 743074 LOOKING AFTERYOURBATHROOM Sanitaryware -The glazed finish of your Sanitaryware should be cleaned after use by applying a little creamtype cleaner. Apply using a sponge or damp cloth and rinse thoroughly with clean water. Cleaners containing abrasive materials should be avoided. Antique Gold, Chrome or Nickel plated brassware and taps should be cleaned with warm soapy water and dried with a soft cloth. Under no circumstances should bleach or abrasive cleaning products, polishes, or detergent be used on plated surfaces and in particular should these materials be used on Nickel or Gold plated items it is possible that the surface will be damaged. Acrylic baths should be cleaned using similar non abrasive cleaners. Bathroom vanity furniture, Seats and Bath Panels can be wiped over with a damp cloth and dried with a soft duster. The use of polishes containing silicon or any abrasive materials can damage the wood finish. Natural wax polishes should be used sparingly and applied using a soft dry cloth. Stone / Marble - To assist you in use, each piece of stone/marble has already been pre-sealed but will require regular maintenance with appropriate care and sealant products. We have used a special impregnation which optimally protects absorbent, stain-sensitive natural stone surfaces. It largely prevents the penetration of oil, greases, and water and makes further maintenance easier. Using the right ongoing care products will facilitate the cleaning process and will maintain a fresher appearance of your stone surfaces. We recommend that you re-treat your purchase on a quarterly or six-monthly basis dependant upon use. Tiles should be cleaned by washing with warm water to which a neutral, clear, low sulphate detergent has been added. After cleaning, rinse well with clean water and polish with a clean soft dry cloth. MANUFACTURING POLICY 1. The policy of the Imperial Bathroom Company is one of continuous improvement. We therefore reserve the right to alter or amend specifications/dimensions and prices without notice and to withdraw specific items/Colours without notice. 2. Colour reproduction in this brochure is as accurate as the variables in photographic and printing process will allow and specific colours may vary from actual products. 3. Great care is taken to ensure that products supplied by The Imperial Bathroom Company are supplied to you in perfect condition. Your purchases should, however, be checked for manufacturing defect (or damage) before any installation work is carried out. We are unable to accept responsibility for any defect which was evident before or has occurred as a result of installation. GUARANTEES (EXPORT) 1. Vitreous china manufactured by the Imperial Bathroom Company carries a Twenty Five Year guarantee against failure caused by manufacturing defect. 2. Imperial taps, mixers, Accessories, Shower Valves are guaranteed against manufacturing defects for One Year, this excludes plated surfaces and replaceable parts which are subject to normal use i.e. washers. 3. Imperial Bathrooms vanity furniture is guaranteed against manufacturing defects for a period of One Year from installation. 4. All Imperial Bathrooms baths carry a 5 years guarantee against manufacturing defects. 5. All components incorporated in Hydro Jet Whirlpool Systems are guaranteed for One Year. 6. All stone and marble products carry a One Year guarantee against manufacturing defects and does not guarantee against taining / discolouration. 7. Tiles carry a One Year guarantee against manufacturing defects and does not guarantee against staining / discolouration. MAKING A CLAIM UNDER THE IMPERIAL WARRANTEE To make a claim under the guarantee the following conditions must be met: 1. Proof of purchase should be supplied at the time of the claim. 2. Product should have been fitted in accordance with our fixing instructions, EN Standards and general good plumbing practice. 3. We need to ensure that the product has been maintained and cared for in accordance with our Care Instructions. We cannot accept responsibility for the failure of a product if it has been modified, misused, neglected or willfully or accidentally damaged. It should have been used for its sole design purpose 4. We must be given reasonable opportunity to inspect the product in the installed situation. If removed the product should be retained for inspection. 5. Our policy is one of continuous improvement. If the product has failed under the terms of the guarantee and a replacement is offered, but identical goods are no longer available, we will replace with the nearest equivalent. 6. This guarantee applies only to the single product in question and not to the whole bathroom suite. 7. We will not bear costs for repairs or replacements where the product fault is due to the following: Accidental or malicious damage, Improper use, Negligence, General wear and tear, Damage due to poor installation or, servicing or consequential loss, Where modifications have been made to the product, Where the product has not been used for its sole purpose, Inappropriate use. 8. These terms and conditions are governed by the laws of England and Wales and each party submits to the jurisdiction of the English Courts. 9. To the extent permitted by applicable law, other than the express warranty set forth in theses terms and conditions, we (or any other third-party supplier) make no additional warranties, expressed or implied, and disclaim all implied warranties, whether in fact or by operation of law, statutory or otherwise, including warranties or conditions of merchantability and fitness for particular purpose. Any warranties that may not be disclaimed under applicable law are limited in duration to the warranty period. No warranties, expressed or implied, will apply after this period. In no way will we (or any third party supplier) be liable for any special, indirect, incidental or consequential damages, losses costs of expenses, however arising, whether in contract or tort, including without restriction, any economic losses of any kind, any loss or damage to property, any labour costs of refitting the product, any personal injury, any damage or injury arising from or as a result of misuse or abuse, or the incorrect installation, integration or operation of the product. We neither assume nor authorize any other person to accept any liability in connection with repair or replacement of the product. And we limit any claim to the value of replacement goods only and not any consequential charges (such as plumbing Costs). 10. Warranty is not transferable and applies only to the original purchaser / retailer. For technical drawings & sizes, please refer to out technical website : www.ImperialTechSpec.com

FRANÇAIS GARANTIES, SERVICES CLIENT ET CONDITIONS DE VENTE COMMANDES Toutes les commandes doivent être envoyées par télécopieur à Imperial (+44 19 22 74 31 80) ou par email export@imperial-bathrooms.co.uk. Nous regrettons de ne pouvoir accepter les commandes verbales. Au moment de passer la commande, l’Acheteur doit convenir qu’il est informé des conditions de vente d’Imperial. L’annulation des commandes doit être faite par écrit (par télécopieur ou par e-mail) et transmise au bureau de vente. Si la commande a été expédiée ou livrée, il sera appliqué 30% pour frais de restockage. LIVRAISON Sous réserve de disponibilité des stocks, nous anticipons d’expédier les marchandises de notre dépôt dans les 5 jours ouvrables. Si nous ne sommes pas en mesure d’expédier la commande intégrale, nous expédierons les marchandises dès que tous les articles seront disponibles. Le bureau de vente vous tiendra au courant des progrès de votre commande. Pour toutes questions complémentaires, veuillez appeler le bureau de vente au nº +44 19 22 74 30 74. S’il y a des articles manquants ou endommagés dans la livraison, vous devez informer le bureau de vente dans les 3 jours ouvrables qui suivent la réception des marchandises (par télécopieur ou par e-mail. Si cela n’est pas déclaré dans le délai requis, la réclamation sera nulle et non avenue. RETOURS Aucun article ne peut être retourné à Imperial sans autorisation. Veuillez informer le bureau de vente de tout retour, et obtenir un numéro d’autorisation de retour d’article. Imperial vous contactera afin de prendre les dispositions requises pour le retour des articles. CONDITIONS DE VENTE Pour obtenir une documentation de nos Conditions de vente, veuillez contacter le bureau de vente. Ces conditions de vente sont régies par les législations de l’Angleterre et du Pays de Galles, et chaque partie doit se soumettre à la juridiction des tribunaux anglais. D’autres conditions sont stipulées dans le contrat et de vente et la lettre de présentation d’Imperial INSTALLATION ET CARACTÉRISTIQUES TECHNIQUES Nous recommandons que tous les produits soient achetés en faisant appel à l’assistance d’un revendeur spécialisé dans les articles pour salles de bains, et qu’ils soient toujours installés par un installateur chevronné faisant partie d’une association de plombiers réputée. Pour obtenir une liste des revendeurs de salles de bains, prière de vous adresser à notre bureau de vente ; de nombreux revendeurs qui présentent les gammes de produits Imperial sont en mesure de proposer un service complet d’étude et d’installation. Les produits sanitaires pour salles de bains Imperial sont fabriqués selon les normes les plus rigoureuses, et chaque article fait l’objet de quinze contrôles de qualité individuels pendant la production. Exception faite des finitions de haute qualité réalisées par l’usine Imperial, tous les articules sanitaires sont soumis aux limitations du procédé de fabrication de la céramique. Contrairement aux produits finis machine, les produits fabriqués à base d’argile naturelle se rétractent et se déforment pendant la cuisson, et comme il n’est pas possible de complètement maîtriser ce processus, des variations mineures peuvent apparaître dans la stabilité dimensionnelle des produits finis. Dans la plupart des cas, ceci n’est pas apparent et n’aura aucune conséquence importante lors de l’installation, ou dans l’esthétique de la salle de bains finie, mais en tous cas, ces variations sont normales et peuvent être anticipées. Pour tous renseignements techniques complémentaires et tous renseignements sur les dimensions, veuillez consulter www.imperialtechspec.com ou contactez le bureau de vente au nº +44 19 22 74 30 74 Il faut inspecter tous les produits avant l’installation. (i) Dimensions: Toutes les dimensions indiquées dans cette brochure sont nominales. La taille réelle de la céramique présente des variations de + ou – 2% par rapport aux chiffres indiqués dans nos caractéristiques techniques. Pour préparer une installation où les dimensions sont critiques, il est essentiel de contrôler physiquement l’espace prévu pour chaque article et de le comparer avec les produits à installer. (ii) Finitions bois: Toutes les finitions en bois naturel s’affinent en vieillissant et les coloris peuvent légèrement varier d’un lot à l’autre ou d’un panneau à l’autre. Par conséquent, il n’est pas toujours possible d’obtenir une correspondance précise des coloris lorsque des articles supplémentaires sont ajoutés ultérieurement. (iii) Porcelaine: Les produits en porcelaine vitrifiée sont extrêmement durs et non poreux, mais également fragiles. Par conséquent, ils ne doivent pas être soumis à des contraintes au cours de l’installation. Si la robinetterie pour lave-mains est trop serrée, cela risque de créer des contraintes dans le matériau en céramique et éventuellement, la défaillance du produit. Les bondes doivent être soigneusement posées dans du silicone, et le contre-écrou doit être serré à la main. Il suffit de le tourner d’un quart de tour supplémentaire avec une clé appropriée pour créer l’étanchéisation requise. Agir également avec précaution pour poser la robinetterie en laiton afin d'éviter toutes défaillances liées aux contraintes. (iv) Chasses d’eau: Toutes les cuvettes WC et tous les réservoirs de chasse Imperial Bathrooms évacuent 6 litres d’eau en conformité aux normes EN européennes. (v) Baignoires acryliques: Les dimensions des baignoires acryliques sont nominales. La taille finale dépend souvent du galbe et des finitions incorporés dans le modèle. Il faut soigneusement examiner toutes les baignoires avant l’installation. (vi) Placage doré ou nickelé: Tous les articles fournis en finition dorée Antique Gold ou nickelée sont plaqués en Grande-Bretagne et le placage est conforme aux normes britanniques et européennes relatives aux produits en question. Ces articles sur commande spéciale ne peuvent pas être retournés à Imperial. (vii) Meubles: Les meubles Imperial Bathrooms sont fabriqués dans un ensemble de bois massif et de panneaux bois contreplaqués. Toutes les dimensions mentionnées sont nominales et doivent être vérifiées par rapport au produit réel. Le bois utilisé provient de sources renouvelables et bien que toutes les précautions aient été prises dans la fabrication des produits en bois, il y aura inévitablement des variations de la couleur et du grain du bois d'un article à l'autre ; en fait, ces variations font parties de la beauté du produit et l'esthétique exclusif d’un matériau naturel. Si du verre dépoli est incorporé, on n’utilise que du verre de sécurité trempé. (viii) Baignoires en fonte: Au cours de la fabrication, une couche épaisse d’émail au poudré est fondue sur la surface interne de la fonte chauffée au rouge. Mais ce processus établi de longue date peut produire des rides, des petites dépressions et des mouchetures à la surface, qui font en fait partie du caractère et de l’attraction de ce type de produit. Ceci est normal et prévu, et n’altère pas la performance de la baignoire. (ix) Pressions en bars: La pression de service recommandée pour les robinets, mélangeurs et mitigeurs de douche varie de 0,3 à 5 bars. Si la pression est supérieure, il faudra incorporer un détendeur de pression dans le système. (x) Carrelage: Vos carreaux ont été fabriqués pour simuler l'aspect (dimensions, forme, couleur, épaisseur, ton du vernissage) d'un carreau fait main et à ce titre, ils présentent tous un aspect différent les uns des autres. Afin d’obtenir un nuançage harmonieux, nous recommandons de prendre des carreaux provenant de plusieurs cartons différents pour votre application. Nous recommandons un joint de 3 mm pour donner la meilleure présentation esthétique. Utiliser uniquement des adhésifs et des joints imperméables. Pour toutes caractéristiques techniques complémentaires, et pour des instructions complètes pour l’installation des carrelages, veuillez contacter le bureau de vente au n° +44 19 22 74 30 74. ENTRETIEN DE VOTRE SALLE DE BAINS Sanitaires: Pour nettoyer la finition émaillée de vos sanitaires après usage, appliquer un peu de produit de nettoyage de type crème. L'appliquer avec une éponge ou un chiffon humide, puis rincer soigneusement à l'eau du robinet. Éviter les produits de nettoyage contenant des matériaux abrasifs. Robinetterie et accessoires dorés Antique Gold, chromés ou nickelés: Les nettoyer à l’eau chaude savonneuse, puis les sécher avec un chiffon doux. Il ne faut en aucun cas utiliser de javel ou de produits de nettoyage abrasifs, de polish ni de détergent sur les surfaces plaquées. À noter que si ces produits sont utilisés sur des articles nickelés ou dorés, la surface risque d'être endommagée. Baignoires acryliques: Nettoyer ces baignoires avec des produits de nettoyage non abrasifs similaires. Meubles sous vasque pour salles de bains, sièges et panneaux de baignoires: On peut les essuyer avec un chiffon humide, puis les sécher avec un chiffon sec doux. L’utilisation de polish contenant du silicone ou des matériaux abrasifs risque d’abîmer la finition du bois. Utiliser en très petite quantité les polish à cire naturelle avec un chiffon doux et sec. Pierre / Marbre: Pour vous aider à les utiliser, chaque dalle de pierre / marbre est déjà pré-étanchéisée, mais il faut les entretenir à intervalles réguliers en prenant les précautions et en utilisant des produits d'étanchéisation appropriés. Nous avons utilisé un produit d'imprégnation spécial qui protège les surfaces en pierre naturelle absorbantes et sensibles aux taches de manière optimale. Il empêche essentiellement l’huile, les graisses et l’eau d’y pénétrer, et facilite toutes les autres opérations d'entretien. L'utilisation de produits d'entretien modernes et appropriés facilitera le processus de nettoyage et permettra aux surfaces en pierre de conserver un bel aspect plus frais. Nous recommandons de refaire le conditionnement de l’article acheté tous les trois mois ou tous les six mois selon l’intensité d’usage. Carrelages: Pour nettoyer les carreaux, les laver à l’eau chaude dans laquelle on aura ajouté un détergent neutre, transparent et à faible teneur en sulfate. Après le nettoyage, bien les rincer à l’eau propre, puis les faire briller avec un chiffon propre, doux et sec. POLITIQUE DE FABRICATION 1. La politique de The Imperial Bathroom Company est de poursuivre le perfectionnement continu de nos produits. Nous nous réservons le droit de modifier ou changer les caractéristiques / dimensions et prix sans préavis, et de retirer des articles / couleurs spécifiques sans préavis. 2. Dans cette brochure, la reproduction des couleurs est aussi exacte que le permettent les paramètres du processus de la photographie et de l’impression. 3. The Imperial Bathroom Company prend toutes les précautions pour s’assurer que les produits qu’elle vous fournit sont en parfait état. Toutefois, il faut contrôler les produits achetés afin de rechercher tout vice (ou dommage) de fabrication avant d’effectuer les travaux d’installation. Nous déclinons toute responsabilité pour tout défaut qui était visible avant ou s’est produit à la suite de l'installation. GARANTIES (EXPORTATIONS) 1. La porcelaine vitrifée fabriquée par The Imperial Bathroom Company est garantie vingt-cinq ans contre toute défaillance causée par un vice de fabrication. 2. Les robinets, mélangeurs, accessoires et mitigeurs de douche sont garantis un an contre tout vice de fabrication. Cette garantie exclut les surfaces plaquées et les pièces remplaçables qui sont soumises à un usage normal (ex. rondelles). 3. Les meubles pour salles de bains Imperial Bathrooms sont garantis un an contre tout vice de fabrication à partir de leur installation. 4. Toutes les baignoires Imperial Bathrooms sont garanties 5 ans contre tout vice de fabrication. 5. Tous les composants incorporés dans les systèmes de baignoires balnéo Hydro Jet Whirlpool sont garantis un an. 6. Tous les produits en pierre ou en marbre sont garantis un an contre tout vice de fabrication, mais ne sont pas garantis contre les taches / la décoloration. 7. Les carrelages sont garantis un an contre tout vice de fabrication, mais ne sont pas garantis contre les taches / la décoloration. RÉCLAMATIONS AUX TERMES DE LA GARANTIE IMPERIAL Pour faire une réclamation aux termes de la garantie, il faut satisfaire aux conditions suivantes: 1. Accompagner la réclamation d’un justificatif d’achat. 2. Le produit doit avoir été installé conformément à nos instructions de fixation, aux normes EN et aux bonnes pratiques générales de plomberie. 3. Nous devons nous assurer que le produit a été entretenu et maintenu conformément à nos instructions d’entretien. Nous déclinons toute responsabilité pour la défaillance d’un produit si celuici a été modifié, a subi un usage négligent ou abusif ou a été délibérément ou accidentellement endommagé. Il doit avoir été utilisé uniquement dans le but pour lequel il est conçu. 4. Nous devons pouvoir bénéficier de toute possibilité raisonnable d’inspecter le produit dans la situation où il est installé. Si le produit est retiré, il faut le conserver pour l’inspection. 5. Notre politique est de poursuivre le perfectionnement continu de nos produits. Si un produit est défaillant aux termes de la garantie et qu’un remplacement soit proposé, mais que des articles identiques ne soient plus disponibles, nous le remplacerons par l’article équivalent le plus proche. 6. Cette garantie ne s’applique qu’au seul produit en question, et non pas à l’ensemble de la salle de bains. 7. Nous ne supporterons pas les coûts des réparations ni des remplacements si le défaut du produit est dû à l’un des cas suivants : dommage accidentel ou malveillant, usage abusive, négligence, usure générale, dommage dû à une mauvaise installation ou mauvais entretien, ou toute perte conséquente, si des modifications du produit ont été faites, si le produit n’a pas été utilisé uniquement dans le but pour lequel il est conçu, usage inapproprié. 8. Ces conditions sont régies par la législation de l’Angleterre et du Pays de Galles, et chaque partie accepte de se soumettre à la juridiction des tribunaux anglais. 9. Dans la mesure où cela est permis par la législation applicable, autre que la garantie explicite stipulée dans les présentes conditions, nous (ou tout autre fournisseur tiers) ne faisons aucune garantie supplémentaire, explicite ou implicite, et rejetons toutes les garanties implicites, que ce soit en fait ou par l’exécution de la loi, des règlements ou autres, y compris les garanties ou conditions de qualité marchande ou de l’adéquation à un but particulier. Toutes les garanties qui ne peuvent pas être rejetées aux termes de la législation applicable sont limitées dans la durée à la période de garantie. Aucune garantie, explicite ou implicite, ne sera appliquée après cette période. Nous (ou tout autre fournisseur tiers) ne serons en aucun cas responsables de tous dommages spéciaux, indirects, secondaires ou conséquents, pertes, coûts ou dépenses, quelle que soit la manière dont ils sont survenus, que ce soit de nature contractuelle ou délictuelle, y compris et sans réserves, toutes pertes économiques de toutes sortes, toutes pertes ou tout dommage de la propriété, tous frais de main-d’œuvre pour la repose du produit, toutes blessures, tout dommage ou toutes blessures découlant ou résultant d’un usage négligent ou abusif, ou de l’installation, l’intégration ou du fonctionnement incorrect(e) du produit. Nous n’assumons ni n’autorisons de tiers à assumer de responsabilité en rapport avec la réparation ou le remplacement du produit, et nous limitons toute réclamation à la valeur des marchandises de remplacement et non pas aux frais conséquents (comme par exemple, les frais de plomberie 10. La garantie n’est pas transférable et s’applique uniquement à l’acheteur / au revendeur original. Pour obtenir des plans techniques et les dimensions, veuillez vous référer à notre site Internet technique: www.ImperialTechSpec.com 233

GUARANTEES, TERMS AND CUSTOMER CARE PURCHASINGAND INSTALLINGYOUR IMPERIAL BATHROOM DEUTSCH GARANTIE- UND KUNDENDIENSTBEDINGUNGEN BESTELLUNGEN / AUFTRÄGE Alle Bestellungen / Aufträge müssen schriftlich per Fax (+44 1922 743180) oder E-Mail export@imperialbathrooms.co.uk) an Imperial aufgegeben werden. Leider können wir keine verbalen Bestellungen entgegen nehmen. Der Käufer muss bei Bestellungsaufgabe bestätigen, dass er über die Verkaufsbedingungen von Imperial informiert ist. Auftragsstornierungen können nur schriftlich (per Fax oder E-Mail) an das Verkaufsbüro erfolgen. Wurde die Bestellung bereits versandt bzw. geliefert, fällt eine Aufstockungsgebühr von 30% an. LIEFERUNG Abhängig von Verfügbarkeit wird die Ware gewöhnlich innerhalb von 5 Werktagen aus unserem Lager versandt. Ist es nicht möglich, die vollständige Bestellung zu verschicken, versenden wir die Waren, sobald alle Artikel verfügbar sind. Sie werden von unserem Verkaufsbüro über Ihren Auftragsstatus informiert. Bei weiteren Fragen können Sie das Verkaufsbüro gerne unter +44 1922 743074 kontaktieren. Enthält eine Lieferung schadhafte oder fehlende Artikel, müssen Sie das Verkaufsbüro innerhalb von 3 Werktagen nach Warenerhalt schriftlich (per Fax oder E-Mail) davon in Kenntnis setzen. Werden Schäden oder fehlende Artikel nicht innerhalb dieser Zeitperiode angegeben, verfällt der Anspruch. WARENRÜCKGABE Ohne Genehmigung ist eine Warenrückgabe an Imperial nicht möglich. Bitte informieren Sie das Verkaufsbüro. Sie erhalten eine Retourware- Genehmigungsnummer und werden nun von Imperial kontaktiert, um eine Warenrücknahme zu vereinbaren. BEDINGUNGEN & KONDITIONEN Sie erhalten unsere Bedingungen und Konditionen in unserem Verkaufsbüro. Diese Bedingungen und Konditionen unterliegen englischem und walisischem Recht, und alle Parteien unterziehen sich englischer Gerichtsbarkeit. Kaufvertrag und Empfehlungsschreiben von Imperial enthalten zusätzliche Bedingungen. INSTALLATION & TECHNISCHE DATEN Wir empfehlen, den Kauf unserer Produkte mit Hilfe eines Badezimmer-Fachhändlers vorzunehmen und die Installation stets von einem Fachinstallateur eines anerkannten Fachverbandes durchführen zu lassen. Ein Fachhhandel-Verzeichnis ist über unser Verkaufsbüro erhältlich, und viele Fachhändler mit Schauräumen der Imperial Produktpalette bieten zudem einen vollständigen Design- und Installationsdienst an. Sanitaryware-Produkte von Imperial Bathrooms werden nach strengsten Normen hergestellt, und jeder Teil kann während der Produktion bis zu 15 Qualitätskontrollprüfungen unterzogen werden. Trotz der hochwertigen Verarbeitung, die im Imperial-Werk erreicht wird, unterliegen Sanitaryware-Produkte den Beschränkungen des Keramik-Herstellungsprozesses. Anders als maschinelle Erzeugnisse, können sich Produkte aus natürlichem Ton während des Brennens verlagern oder schrumpfen und es können, da dieser Prozess nicht vollständig kontrolliert werden kann, geringe Veränderungen in der Formbeständigkeit fertiger Erzeugnisse vorkommen. Diese sind meist nicht bemerkbar und haben keine merklichen Auswirkungen auf die Installation oder das Aussehen des fertigen Badezimmers, daher sind leichte Abweichungen zu erwarten und können als normal betrachtet werden. Für weitere technische Informationen und Abmessungen besuchen Sie bitte 234 www.imperialtechspec.com oder kontaktieren Sie unser Verkaufsbüro unter +44 1922 743074. VOR INSTALLATION SOLLTEN ALLE PRODUKTE GEPRÜFT WERDEN. (i) Größen – Alle Größenangaben in dieser Broschüre sind Nennwerte. Tatsächliche Keramikgrößen können zwischen + und - 2% von den Zahlen im technischen Datenblatt abweichen. Bei Planung einer Installation, wo Abmessungen entscheidend sind, ist eine physische Überprüfung des für einzelne Teile bemessenen Abstands mit dem zu installierenden Produkt unerlässlich. (ii) Holzpolituren – Alle natürlichen Holzpolituren reifen mit dem Alter. Farben können von Partie zu Partie bzw. von Panel zu Panel leicht variieren. Bei der Montage zusätzlicher Artikel zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt ist daher eine präzise Farbübereinstimmung nicht immer möglich. (iii) Halbporzellan – Diese überaus harten, nicht porösen Produkte sind zudem zerbrechlich, und sollten daher während der Installation keinem übermäßigen Druck ausgesetzt werden. Waschbeckenablaufringe können, wenn zu fest angezogen, zu Druck im Keramikmaterial und mit der Zeit zu Produktversagen führen. Ablaufringe sollten stets sorgfältig in Silikon gebettet, und die rückwärtige Mutter sollte mit der Hand festgezogen werden. Eine zusätzliche Vierteldrehung mit einem geeigneten Schraubenschlüssel ist gewöhnlich für den benötigten wasserdichten Verschluss ausreichend. Auch die Montage von Messingzubehör sollte mit Sorgfalt vorgenommen werden, um ähnliches, durch zu großen Druck verursachtes Produktversagen zu vermeiden. (iv) Spülkästen – Alle WC-Pfannen und Spülkästen von Imperial Bathrooms spülen der europäischen Norm entsprechend mit 6 Litern. (v) Acrylbadewannen – Maßangaben für Acrylbadewannen sind Nennwerte, meist abhängig vom Ausmaß an Detail, das in das Design aufgenommen wurde. Vor Installation sollten alle Badewannen sorgfältig geprüft werden. (vi) Vernickelung / Vergoldung – Alle Produkte in Antikgold- oder Nickelausführung wurden in Großbritannien plattiert, und die Metallauflage entspricht der britischen und europäischen Norm für die entsprechenden Produkte. Diese Artikel sind nur über Sonderbestellung erhältlich und können von Imperial nicht zurückgenommen werden. (vii) Möbel – Badezimmermöbel von Imperial Bathrooms werden aus einer Kombination aus Vollholz und Holzfurnier hergestellt. Alle angegebenen Größen sind Nennwerte, die gegenüber dem tatsächlichen Produkt geprüft werden sollten. Das verwendete Nutzholz stammt von erneuerbaren Ressourcen, und obwohl die Herstellung von Holzprodukten mit größter Sorgfalt vorgenommen wird, sind Variationen in Farbe und Maserung zwischen einzelnen Stücken unvermeidlich. Bei der Verwendung natürlicher Rohstoffe tragen diese zweifelsohne zu deren Schönheit und einzigartigen Wirkung bei. Ist Mattglas das Merkmal, wird nur gehärtetes Sicherheitsglas verwendet. (viii) Badewannen aus Gusseisen – Während der Herstellung wird die innere Oberfläche des rotglühenden Gusseisens mit einer dicken Emailbeschichtung verschmolzen. Dieser bewährte Prozess kann jedoch Wellen, kleine Vertiefungen und Flecken auf der Oberfläche produzieren, die zum Teil Charakter und Reiz dieser Art Produkt ausmachen, als normal bezeichnet werden können und zu erwarten sind. Die Leistung der Badewanne ist davon in keiner Weise betroffen. (ix) Wasserdruck – Der empfohlene Wasserdruck für Wasserhähne, Misch- und Duscharmaturen beträgt zwischen 0,3 und 5 Bar. Ist der Druck höher, sollte ein Druckminderventil in das System integriert werden. (x) Fliesen – Ihre Fliesen wurden hergestellt, um das Aussehen (Größe, Form, Farbe, Dicke, Farbton der Glasur) einer handgemachten Fliese zu simulieren, und daher gleicht keine Fliese vollständig der anderen. Für die beste Zusammenstellung empfehlen wir, beim Verlegen die Fliesen jeweils verschiedenen Kartons zu entnehmen. Das beste Aussehen wird mit einer 3 mm breiten Fugenlinie erreicht. Es empfiehlt sich, nur wasserfesten Kleber und Fugenmasse zu verwenden. Weitere technische Daten sowie zusätzliche Installationsanweisungen für Fliesen erhalten Sie in unserem Verkaufsbüro unter +44 1922 743074. WARTUNG IHRES BADEZIMMERS Sanitaryware – der Glanz-Finish Ihrer Sanitaryware sollte nach Gebrauch mit ein wenig Creme-Reiniger gesäubert werden. Tragen Sie den Reiniger mit einem Schwamm oder feuchten Tuch auf und spülen Sie ihn gründlich mit klarem Wasser ab. Von der Verwendung von Scheuermitteln wird abgeraten. Antikgold-, chrom- oder nickelplattiertes Messingzubehör und Wasserhähne sollten mit warmem Wasser und ein wenig mildem Reinigungsmittel gesäubert und mit einem weichen Tuch getrocknet werden. Unter keinen Umständen sollten chlorbleichehaltige Reinigungs- oder Scheuermittel oder -polituren auf metallüberzogene Oberflächen aufgetragen werden. Dies gilt besonders für vergoldete oder vernickelte Artikel, da diese Art von Reinigern die Oberfläche beschädigen könnte. Acrylbadewannen sollten mit ähnlich milden Reinigern (keinen Scheuermitteln) gesäubert werden. Badezimmerunterschränke, WC-Deckel und Badewannenverkleidungen können mit einem feuchten Tuch gesäubert und mit einem weichen Staubtuch getrocknet werden. Silikonhaltige Poliermittel und alle Scheuermittel können die Holzpolitur beschädigen. Natürliches Wachs sollte sparsam mit einem weichen trockenen Tuch aufgetragen werden. Stein / Marmor – Für optimale Verwendung wurde jedes Stück Stein / Marmor bereits vorimprägniert, bedarf jedoch regelmäßiger Wartung mit entsprechenden Pflege- und Imprägnierungsprodukten. Wir benutzten eine Spezialimprägnierung, die absorbierende, fleckempfindliche Natursteinoberflächen optimal schützt. Sie verhindert weitgehend das Eindringen von Öl, Fett und Wasser und erleichtert künftige Pflege. Die Verwendung der richtigen Dauerpflegeprodukte erleichtert den Reinigungsprozess und lässt Ihre Steinoberflächen stets frisch und natürlich aussehen. Wir empfehlen je nach Verwendung eine viertel- oder halbjährliche Neubehandlung Ihres Naturstein- bzw. Marmorprodukts. Fliesen sollten mit warmem Wasser, dem ein neutrales, klares schwefelarmes Reinigungsmittel beigefügt wurde, abgewaschen werden. Nach der Reinigung gründlich mit sauberem Wasser abspülen und einem weichen Tuch trocknen. PRODUKTIONSRICHTLINIE 1. Die Richtlinie der Imperial Bathroom Company umfasst stetige Veränderung zum Besseren. Wir behalten uns daher das Recht vor, Spezifikationen bzw. Abmessungen ohne Vorankündigung zu ändern oder zu ergänzen, und bestimmte Artikel bzw. Farben ohne Vorankündigung aus dem Produktsortiment zu entfernen. 2. Die Farbreproduktion in dieser Broschüre ist so genau, wie es die unterschiedlichen Faktoren im Fotografie- und Druckprozess erlauben, daher können bestimmte Farben vom tatsächlichen Produkt etwas abweichen. 3. Wir arbeiten mit größter Sorgfalt daran, dass die von der Imperial Bathroom Company gelieferten Produkte in perfekten Zustand bei Ihnen eintreffen. Ihr Kauf sollte jedoch vor Durchführung jeglicher Installationsarbeiten nach Fertigungsfehlern (oder Schäden) geprüft werden. Für augenscheinliche Mängel vor oder aufgetretene Schäden während der Installation können wir keine Verantwortung übernehmen. GARANTIEN (EXPORT) 1. Halbporzellanerzeugnisse der Imperial Bathrooms Company führen eine Garantie von fünfundzwanzig Jahren gegen Produktversagen durch Fertigungsfehler. 2. Imperial Wasserhähne, Accessoires, Misch- und Duscharmaturen sind ein Jahr gegen Fertigungsfehler garantiert. Metallüberzogene Oberflächen und Ersatzteile, die normalem Verbrauch unterliegen (z. B. Dichtungsringe), sind in dieser Garantie nicht enthalten. 3. Unterschränke von Imperial Bathrooms sind gegen Herstellungsfehler ein Jahr ab Einbaudatum garantiert. 4. Alle Imperial Bathrooms Badewannen führen eine fünfjährige Garantie gegen Fertigungsfehler. 5. Alle integrierten Teile eines Hydro Jet Whirlpool Systems führen eine Garantie von einem Jahr. 6. Alle Stein- und Marmorprodukte sind ein Jahr gegen Herstellungsfehler garantiert, jedoch nicht gegen Verschmutzung oder Verfärbung. 7. Fliesen führen eine einjährige Garantie gegen Herstellungsfehler, jedoch nicht gegen Verschmutzung oder Verfärbung. INANSPRUCHNAHME DER IMPERIAL-GARANTIE Um die Garantie in Anspruch zu nehmen, müssen folgende Bedingungen erfüllt sein: 1. Zum Zeitpunkt des Garantieanspruchs sollte ein Kaufnachweis vorgelegt werden. 2. Das Produkt sollte unserer Anleitung und der europäischen Norm entsprechend nach bewährter Installationsmethode eingebaut worden sein. 3. Wir müssen sicherstellen, dass das Produkt unseren Pflegeanleitungen gemäß gewartet und gepflegt wurde. Für das Versagen eines Produktes, das umgebaut, zu falschen Zwecken verwendet, vernachlässigt oder vorsätzlich oder versehentlich beschädigt wurde, können wir keine Verantwortung übernehmen. Es muss ausschließlich zu dem ihm zugeschriebenen Design-Zweck verwendet worden sein. 4. Wir benötigen angemessene Möglichkeit, das installierte Produkt zu inspizieren. Auch entfernt sollte das Produkt zur Inspektion aufbewahrt werden. 5. Unsere Richtlinie umfasst stetige Veränderung zum Besseren. Kam es zu Produktversagen unter den Garantiebedingungen und einem Ersatzanspruch, und ein identisches Produkt ist nicht mehr verfügbar, erhalten Sie von uns ein entsprechendes Äquivalent. 6. Diese Garantie gilt ausschließlich für das besagte Produkt, nicht für das gesamte Badezimmer. 7. Wir tragen Reparatur- bzw. Ersatzkosten nicht, wenn ein Produktfehler aus folgenden Gründen vorliegt: Versehentliche order vorsätzliche Beschädigung, ungeeignete Verwendung, Vernachlässigung, allgemeine Abnutzung, Beschädigung auf Grund schlechter Installation, Wartung oder Folgeschäden, wo Änderungen an dem Produkt vorgenommen wurden, wo das Produkt nicht ausschließlich zu dem ihm zugeschriebenen Zweck verwendet wurde, ungeeignete Verwendung. 8. Diese Bedingungen und Konditionen unterliegen

englischem und walisischem Recht, und alle Parteien akzeptieren die englische Gerichtsbarkeit. 9. Soweit gesetzlich zulässig geben wir (oder jeder weitere Drittlieferant) neben der in diesen Bedingungen und Konditionen dargelegten ausdrücklichen Garantie keine weiteren Gewährleistungen, weder ausdrücklich noch stillschweigend, und lehnen alle implizierten Gewährleistungen, tatsächlich oder durch unmittelbare Wirkung des Gesetzes, gesetzlich oder anders vorgeschrieben, einschließlich aller Marktgängigkeitsgarantien oder -bedingungen sowie Tauglichkeit für einen bestimmten Zweck ab. Alle Gewährleistungen, die unter entsprechend anwendbaren Gesetzen nicht abgelehnt werden können, sind auf die entsprechende Garantieperiode begrenzt. Nach Ablauf dieser Zeitperiode treffen keine Garantien, weder ausdrücklich noch stillschweigend, zu. Wir (oder jeder Drittlieferant) haften in keiner Weise für irgendwelche mittelbaren, Sonder-, Nebenoder Folgeschäden, für weder vertraglich, schadensrechtlich noch anderweitig entstandene Aufwandsverluste oder Unkosten, einschließlich und ohne Einschränkung alle Vermögenseinbußen jeder Art, Vermögensschäden, durch Neuinstallation entstandene Arbeitskosten, alle Körperschäden, sowie für Schäden oder Körperverletzung, welche durch Missbrauch, inkorrekte Installation, Integration oder Betrieb des Produkts entstanden. Wir übernehmen weder selbst noch genehmigen wir Dritten die Haftungsübernahme in Verbindung mit Reparaturen oder Ersatzprodukten zu akzeptieren und wir beschränken alle Ansprüche ausschließlich auf den Wert der Ersatzware und nicht auf irgendwelche daraus hervorgehenden Folgekosten (z. B. Installationskosten.) 10. Die Garantie ist nicht übertragbar und gilt nur für den ursprünglichen Käufer bzw. Einzelhändler. Für technische Zeichnungen und Größenangaben beziehen Sie sich bitte auf unsere Webseite www.ImperialTechSpec.com ESPAÑOL GARANTÍAS Y SERVICIO DE ATENCIÓN AL CLIENTE, TÉRMINOS Y CONDICIONES PEDIDOS DE VENTA Todos los pedidos deben enviarse a Imperial por fax (+44 1922 743180) o bien por correo electrónico a export@imperial-bathrooms.co.uk . Lamentablemente, no podemos aceptar pedidos orales. Al colocar el pedido, el Comprador debe aceptar que conoce los Términos y Condiciones de Venta de Imperial. La Cancelación de Pedidos debe hacerse por escrito (por fax o por correo electrónico) y enviarse a la oficina de ventas. Si el pedido ya ha sido despachado, o si ha sido entregado, se aplicará un cargo de devolución de 30%. ENTREGA Sujeto a la disponibilidad de existencias, esperamos poder despachar los productos de nuestros almacenes dentro de un período de 5 días hábiles. Si no podemos despachar el pedido por entero, despacharemos los productos faltantes al momento en que los tengamos disponibles. La oficina de Ventas le mantendrá informado del estado de su pedido, y si tiene alguna consulta, le rogamos llamar a la oficina de ventas al +44 1922 743074. En el caso de productos faltantes o dañados al momento de la entrega, deberá informar a la oficina de ventas por escrito, dentro de un período de 3 días hábiles a partir de la entrega de los productos (por fax o por correo electrónico). De no hacerse esto dentro del período indicado, el reclamo quedará invalidado. DEVOLUCIONES Ningún producto puede devolverse a Imperial sin su previa autorización. Le rogamos informar toda devolución a la oficina de ventas, y obtener un Número de Autorización de Devolución de Material. A continuación, Imperial se comunicará con usted para hacer los arreglos pertinentes para la devolución del producto. TÉRMINOS Y CONDICIONES Sírvase comunicarse con la oficina de Ventas para obtener una copia de nuestros Términos y Condiciones. Estos Términos y condiciones están regidos por las leyes de Inglaterra y Gales, y todas las partes se someten a la jurisdicción de las Cortes Inglesas. Otras condiciones también se establecen en nuestro Contrato de Venta y carta de introducción de Imperial INSTALACIÓN Y ESPECIFICACIONES TÉCNICAS Recomendamos la compra de todos los productos con la asistencia de un minorista especializado en sanitarios, y que tales siempre sean instalados por un técnico experimentado, miembro de una asociación de fontaneros reconocida. Nuestra oficina de ventas podrá suministrarle una lista de los minoristas de sanitarios, y muchos de los minoristas que trabajan con nuestras líneas de productos pueden ofrecer un completo servicio de diseño e instalación. Los productos sanitarios de Imperial Bathrooms se fabrican según las normas más exigentes, y cada pieza puede estar sujeta a hasta 15 controles de calidad independientes durante su producción. A pesar del acabado de alta calidad logrado en la fábrica de Imperial, todos los artículos sanitarios están sujetos a las limitaciones del proceso de fabricación de cerámica. A diferencia de los productos terminados a máquina, los productos a base de arcilla natural se encojen y desplazan durante su cocción, y, dado que este proceso no puede controlarse de lleno, se producen variaciones menores en la estabilidad dimensional de los productos terminados. En la mayoría de los casos, esto no se nota, y no tiene efecto significativo en la instalación o en el aspecto del baño terminado, pero en todo caso, estas variaciones son normales, y de esperar. Para información técnica adicional y dimensiones, consulte www.imperialtechspec.com o comuníquese con la oficina de ventas al +44 1922 743074 Todos los productos deben inspeccionarse previo a su instalación. (i) Medidas: Todas las medidas detalladas en este catálogo son nominales. Las dimensiones reales de las cerámicas varían en +/– 2% respecto de las cifras citadas en nuestros datos técnicos. Al planificar instalaciones en las cuales las dimensiones son asunto crítico, es esencial que el espacio previsto para los artículos individuales sea verificado físicamente contra los productos a instalar. (ii)Acabado en madera: Todos los acabados en madera natural maduran con el tiempo, y los colores pueden variar levemente entre los distintos lotes, o entre los distintos paneles. Por consiguiente, no siempre es posible lograr una concordancia de color precisa cuando se añaden con posterioridad artículos adicionales. (iii) Porcelana vitrificada: Estos son productos extremadamente sólidos y no porosos, pero también quebradizos, y por lo tanto, no deben someterse a grandes presiones durante su instalación. Si se ajustan en exceso los accesorios de desagüe del lavabo, esto puede ocasionar la fatiga del material cerámico, con el posterior fallo del producto. Los accesorios de desagüe deben apoyarse sobre silicona, y la tuerca posterior debe ajustarse a mano. Un cuarto de giro adicional con una llave adecuada basta para crear el sello hermético necesario. También debe tenerse cuidado al instalar broncería, a fin de evitar fallos similares a causa de fatiga. (iv) Agua en la cisterna: Todos los WC y cisternas de Imperial Bathrooms WC utilizan 6 litros de agua, de conformidad con las Normas EN Europeas (v) Bañeras de acrílico: Las medidas de las bañeras de acrílico son nominales, y las dimensiones finales a menudo dependen del grado de detalle incorporado en el diseño. Todas las bañeras deben inspeccionarse minuciosamente previo a su instalación. (vi) Enchapado en oro y en níquel: Todos los artículos con acabado en Níquel u Oro Antiguo han sido enchapados en el Reino Unido, y el enchapado cumple con las Normas Británicas y Europeas en relación con este tipo de productos. Estos artículos se hacen a pedido especial y no pueden ser devueltos a Imperial. (vii) Mobiliario: Los muebles de Imperial Bathrooms se producen a partir de una combinación de madera maciza y paneles enchapados en madera, y todas las medidas detalladas son nominales, y deben verificarse contra el producto en sí. La madera empleada se obtiene de fuentes renovables, y si bien se toman todas las precauciones durante la fabricación de los productos de madera, es inevitable que se produzcan variaciones en tono y veta entre las distintas piezas. De hecho, esto es parte de la belleza y exclusivo atractivo del uso de materiales naturales. En los productos que incorporan cristal esmerilado, sólo se utiliza cristal de seguridad templado. (viii) Bañeras de hierro fundido: Durante la fabricación se utiliza una gruesa capa de esmalte en polvo que se fusiona a la superficie interna de hierro fundido caliente. Este largamente establecido proceso puede, sin embargo, producir ondulaciones, hoyuelos y motas en la superficie, que forman parte del carácter y atractivo de este tipo de producto, y es normal y de esperarse. No obstante, esto no afecta en absoluto en rendimiento de la bañera. (ix) Presiones en bares: La presión de operación recomendada para las válvulas de los grifos, mezcladores, y duchas es de 0,3 a 5 bares. Si la presión es superior, deberá incorporarse al sistema una válvula reductora de presión. (x) Azulejos: Los azulejos se fabrican para imitar el aspecto (tamaño, forma, color, espesor, tono de vidriado) de un azulejo hecho a mano, y, como tales, todos tienen aspecto diferente entre sí. A fin de lograr la mejor combinación, recomendamos usar azulejos provenientes de diversas cajas durante la aplicación. También recomendamos que lo mejor es dejar una separación de 3mm para la pastina. Sólo utilice adhesivos y pastinas a prueba de agua. Para Datos Técnicos Adicionales, y para instrucciones de instalación adicionales para los Azulejos, le rogamos comunicarse con nuestra oficina de ventas al +44 1922 743074 CUIDADO DE SU SALA DE BAÑO Sanitarios: El acabado vítreo de sus Sanitarios debe limpiarse tras el uso mediante la aplicación de un poco de crema de limpieza. Aplíquelo con una esponja o paño húmedo, y enjuague bien con agua limpia. Debe evitarse los artículos de limpieza que contengan abrasivos. Broncería y grifos en Níquel, Cromado u Oro Antiguo: Deben limpiarse con agua jabonosa y secarse con un paño seco. Bajo ninguna circunstancia debe usarse lejía o productos de limpieza abrasivos, lustres, o detergentes sobre las superficies enchapadas, y en particular, estos materiales nunca deben emplearse con los productos enchapados en Níquel u Oro, ya que la superficie podría resultar dañada. Bañeras de acrílico: Deben limpiarse utilizando productos de limpieza similares no abrasivos. Mobiliario para baño, tapas para WC y paneles para bañera: pueden limpiarse con un paño húmedo, y secarse con un paño suave. El uso de lustres que contengan silicona o cualquier material abrasivo puede dañar el acabado de la madera. Los lustres de cera natural deben usarse con poca frecuencia, y aplicarse con un paño suave y seco. Piedra / Mármol: A fin de facilitar su uso, cada pieza de piedra/mármol ha sido presellada, pero requiere mantenimiento regular con productos de cuidado y sellado apropiados. Usamos una impregnación especial que aporta una óptima protección a las superficies de piedra natural absorbentes y susceptibles a manchas, que previene en gran medida la penetración de aceite, grasas, y agua, y facilita el mantenimiento adicional. El uso constante de los productos de cuidado correctos simplificará el proceso de limpieza, y mantendrá el fresco aspecto de todas las superficies de piedra. Recomendamos volver a tratar los productos cada cuatro o seis meses, dependiendo del uso. Azulejos: Deben lavarse con un detergente neutral, transparente, de bajo contenido de sulfatos, disuelto en agua tibia. Tras la limpieza, enjuagar bien con agua limpia, y secar con un paño suave y seco. POLÍTICA DE FABRICACIÓN 1. Imperial Bathroom Company tiene una política de continua mejora de sus productos. En consecuencia, nos reservamos el derecho de alterar o enmendar las especificaciones/dimensiones y precios sin previo aviso, y también de retirar del mercado artículos/colores específicos sin aviso previos. 2. La reproducción de color en este catálogo tiene la precisión permitida por las variables de los procesos fotográficos y de imprenta, y los colores específicos pueden variar de los colores de los productos en sí. 3. Se han tomado todos los cuidados para asegurar que los productos abastecidos por Imperial Bathroom Company lleguen a usted en perfecta condición. No obstante, todas las compras deben ser inspeccionadas en caso de que presenten defectos (o daños) de fabricación antes de iniciar los trabajos de instalación. No podemos aceptar responsabilidad por ningún defecto evidente antes o producido después de la instalación. GARANTÍAS (EXPORTACIÓN) 1. La porcelana vítrea fabricada por Imperial Bathroom Company tiene una garantía de Veinticinco Años respecto de fallos que se produzcan a raíz de un defecto de fabricación. 2. Los grifos, mezcladores, accesorios, y válvulas para ducha están garantizados contra defectos de fabricación por Un Año, y esto excluye las superficies enchapadas y las piezas reemplazables que están sujetas a uso normal, por ej., arandelas. 3. El mobiliario para sala de baño de Imperial Bathrooms está garantizado contra defectos de fabricación por un período de Un Año a partir de su instalación. 4. Todas las bañeras de Imperial Bathrooms tienen una garantía de CINCO AÑOS contra defectos de fabricación. 5. Todos los componentes que forman parte de los sistemas Hydro Jet Whirlpool están garantizados por Un Año. 6. Todos los productos de piedra y mármol tienen una garantía de Un Año contra defectos de fabricación, y no están garantizados contra decoloración o manchas. 7. Los azulejos tienen una garantía de Un Año contra defectos de fabricación, y no están garantizados contra decoloración o manchas. PARA EFECTUAR UN RECLAMO BAJO LA GARANTÍA DE IMPERIAL A fin de efectuar un reclamo bajo la garantía se deberán cumplir primero las siguientes condiciones: 1. Al momento del reclamo deberá proveerse un comprobante de compra. 2. El producto tiene que haber sido instalado de conformidad con nuestras instrucciones de instalación, Normas EN, y buenas prácticas de fontanería. 3. Debemos asegurarnos que el producto haya sido mantenido y cuidado de conformidad con nuestras Instrucciones para el Cuidado. No podemos aceptar responsabilidad por el fallo de un producto que haya sido modificado, usado indebidamente, descuidado, o dañado a propósito o accidentalmente. Debe también haber sido utilizado para el solo fin para el cual fue diseñado. 4. Se nos debe brindar oportunidad razonable para inspeccionar el producto en su posición instalada. En caso de quitar el producto, tal debe guardarse para su inspección. 5. Tenemos una política de constante mejora de nuestros productos. Si el producto ha fallado bajo los términos de la garantía, y se ofrece un reemplazo, pero ya no disponemos de productos idénticos, el producto será reemplazado por el equivalente más cercano. 6. Esta garantía sólo se aplica al exclusivo producto en cuestión, y no a la totalidad del juego de baño. 7. No nos haremos cargo del coste de reparaciones o reemplazos en los casos en que el fallo del producto se deba a los siguientes: Uso accidental o malicioso, Uso indebido, Negligencia, Desgaste general, Daños debido a una mala instalación, o Mal servicio o pérdida consecuente, Cuando se hayan efectuado modificaciones al producto, Cuando el producto no haya sido usado para su exclusivo uso, Uso 235

GUARANTEES, TERMS AND CUSTOMER CARE PURCHASINGAND INSTALLINGYOUR IMPERIAL BATHROOM inapropiado. 8. Estos términos y condiciones están regidos por las leyes de Inglaterra y Gales, y todas las partes se someten a la jurisdicción de las Cortes Inglesas. 9. En la medida en que lo permite la ley aplicable, más allá de la garantía expresa establecida en estos términos y condiciones (o las de cualquier otro tercero proveedor), no otorgamos garantías adicionales, ya sea expresas o implícitas, y rechazamos toda garantía implícita, ya sea de hecho o por aplicación de la ley, estatuida o de cualquier otro modo, incluyendo las garantías o condiciones de comerciabilidad y aptitud para el uso en particular. Toda garantía no denegada bajo la ley aplicable se limita en duración al período de garantía. Ninguna garantía, ya sea expresa o implícita, se aplicará una vez caducado este período. De ningún modo nuestra empresa (ni ningún tercero proveedor) será responsable por ningún daño especial, indirecto, incidental, o consecuente, pérdidas, costes o gastos, cualquiera sea su razón, ya sea contractual o extracontractual, incluyendo, sin restricciones, toda pérdida económica de cualquier tipo, toda pérdida o daño a la propiedad, todo costo de mano de obra para la reinstalación del producto, toda lesión personal, todo daño o lesión que se deba o sea el resultado del uso indebido o abuso, o de la incorrecta instalación, integración u operación del producto. No aceptamos ni autorizamos a ninguna otra persona a aceptar ninguna responsabilidad en relación con la reparación o reemplazo del producto, y limitamos el valor de todo reclamo al reemplazo de los productos, sin incluir ningún cargo consecuente (tal como los gastos de fontanería). 10. La garantía es intransferible y sólo se aplica al comprador / vendedor originales. Para obtener planos y dimensiones, consulte nuestro sitio web técnico en www.ImperialTechSpec.com ? ? ?? ? ??. ? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? Imperial ?? ?? +44 1922 743180 ?? ?? ?? HYPERLINK "mailto:export@imperialbathrooms.co.uk"export@imperialbathrooms.co.uk . ? , ?? ?? ?? . ? ? ??, ?? ? ?? ? ?, ? ?? Imperial. ? ? ?? ?? ?? ?? ?? (?? ?? ?? ??) ? ?? . ? ?? ?? , ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ?? ? ? 30%. ?? ? ?? ?? ? ? ? ? ? ? ?. ? ?? ?? ?? ?? ? , ?? ?? ? ? ?? ? ?? ??. ?? ?? ? ? ? ? , ? ? ? ??-? ?, ?? , ?, ? ?? ?? ?? +44 1922 743074. ? ?? ?? ?? ?, ?? 236 ?? ?? ?? ? (?? ?? ?? ??) ? ? ? ? ? ? ? . ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ?? ?. ? ? ??-? ? ?? Imperial ?? ?? ? ? ?? ?. ??, ?, ? ?? ? ?? ?? ? ?? ? . ?? ?? ? Imperial ?? ? ?, ?? ? ?? ?. ? ? , ?, ? ? , ?? ?? ?? ? ?. ? ? ?? ? , ? ?? ?? ? ? ??. ? ?? ? ?? ? ? ??-? ?? Imperial. ? ?? ?? ?? ??, ?? ? ? ? ?? ?? ? ? , ? ?? ? ? ??. ?? ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ?? . ??, ?? ? ?? Imperial, ? ? ? ? ? . ?? ? ?? Imperial Bathrooms ? ?? ?? ? ?, ? ?? ? ? ?? ?? ?? ?? 15 . ?? ??, ?? ?? ? ? ?? , ?? ?? ?? Imperial, ?? ?? ? ? ??, ?? ?? ?. ? ? ?? ?, ? ?? , ? ?? ?? ?? ? ? ? , ? ?? ?? ? ?, ?? ? ? ?? ? ? ?? ??. ? ?? ? ?? ? ? ?? ? ? ?? ?? ? , ?? ? ?? ?? ? ?? ?? ? ?. ?? ?? ? ? ? ?? , ? ? www.imperialtechspec.com, ?? ? ?? ?? ?? +44 1922 743074. ?? ? ? . (i) ?. ? ? ?? ?. ?? ? ? ?? ? ? ?? +/– 2% ?? ? ??, ? ?? ?? . ? ?? ? ??, ? ?? ?? ??, ?? ? , ? ?? ? ? ? ? . (ii) ? ? . ? ? ? ?? ?? ?? ?? ?? ??, ? ? ?? ? ?? ? ?? ? . ? ?? ? ?? ? ?, ?? ?? ? ??, ?? ?? . (iii) ?? . ? ? ? ?, ? ?? ?? ?? ? ? ?? ?? ? ?? ?? . ?, ?? ? ?? ?, ? ?? ? ? ?, ? ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ? ?. ?? ? ?? ?? ??, ? ?? ?? ? ? ?. ?? ?? ?? ? ? ?? ? ?? ?? ?? ? ? ? ?? ?? ??. ?? ? ? ?? ? ?? ?? ?, ? ??. (iv) ? ??. ? ? ? ?? ?? Imperial Bathrooms ? ?? ? ? ? 6 , ? ?? ?? ? EN. (v) ??. ? ? ?? , ?? ? ?? ? ?? ? ? ? ??. ?? ? ?? ? . (vi) ? ??. ?? ?? ?? ? ?? ?? ? ?? ? ? ?? ? ?? ?. ?? ?, ?? ?? ??, ?? ?? ?? ? ?? Imperial. (vii) . ?? Imperial Bathrooms ?? , ? ?? ? ??, ? ? ?? ? ?? ? ?? ? ?. ?? ?? ?, ?, ? ?? ?? , ?? ? ?? ?? ? ?? ? ??, ?, ?? ?? ?, ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ?. ?, ? , ?? « ??», ?? ? . (viii) ?? ??. ?? ?? ?? ? ?? ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ? ? ??. ? ?? ?? ? ?? ? ?? ?? ?? ?, ? ?? ? ??, ? ? ? ?, ?? ? ?? ? ? ? ? ?? ??, ?? ?? ?? ? ?? ??. (ix) ? ??. ? ? ?? , ? ? ? ?? ? ?? 0,3 ?? 5 . ? ?? ?? ??, ?? ? ? ? ? ? ?? ?. (x) . , ?? ?? ? ??, ??, , , ??, ?? ? ? ?? , ? ?, ? ? ? ?? ? ?? ? ?? ??. ?? ?? , ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ?? ? ??. ? ? ? ? ? 3 ??. ?? ?? ?? ? ??. ?? ?? ? ? ?? ?? ?? ?? ??, ?? ? ?? ?? ?? +44 1922 743074. ? ?? ?? ?. ? ?? ?? ?? ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ?? ??. ?? ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ? ?? ? , ? ?? ? ?? ??. ?? ?? ?, ?? ? . ? ?? ? ?? ?? , ? ? ?? ? ? ? , ? ?? ?. ?? ? ? ?? ? ? ?? ?? ??, ?? ?, ?? ? , ? , ? ? ? ?? , ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ?. ?? ? ? ? ? ?? ?? ?. ? , ? ? ? ?? ? ?, ? ?? ?? ?. ? ? ?, ? ?? ?? ? , ?? ? ? . ?? ? ?? ? ?, ? ? ?? ?

? ?? . / . ?? ? ?? ? ?? ?? ??/? ?? ??, , ? ?? ?? ? ?? ? ? ? . ?? ?? ?? , ? ? ? ?? ?? , ?? ? . ??, ? ??, ? ? ??, ?? ? ? ? ? ?. ? ? ?? ?? ?? ? ? ?? ? ? ?? . ?? ?? ? ? ? ?? ?? ?, ? ?? ?? ?. ? ? ??, ? ? ? ?? ? ?? ? ? ?? . ?? ? ? ?? ? ?? ?? ?. ? ?? 1. ?? ?? Imperial Bathrooms ? ? ?? . ? ?? ?? ?? ?? ?? ?? ??/? ? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? ?/?? ?? ? ??. 2. ?? ? ? ?? ?, ? ? ? ? , ? -?? ?? ?? ? ?? ?? ?? ?. 3. ?? Imperial Bathrooms ?, ?? ?, ?? ? ? ?? ?? ? . ?? ??, ?? ? ??-? ?? ? ? ?? ? ? ?? ??. ?? ?? ?? ? ?? ? ?? ?? ?? ?? ?? ? , ? ?? ?? ?? ? ? ?. ?? (?) 1. ?? Imperial Bathrooms ?? ?? ?? ? , ?? ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ? ?? ? ? ?? ? . 2. ?? Imperial Bathrooms ??, , ?? ? ? ? ?? ?? ? , ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ? ?? ? ? ? (?? ?? ? ? ?, ?? , ??, ). 3. ?? Imperial Bathrooms ? ?? ?? ? , ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? ? . 4. ?? ? ?, Imperial Bathrooms, ?? ?? ? , ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ? ?? ? ? ? . 5. ?? ? ?? ? ? ?? ?? ?? ? . 6. ?? ? ?? ?? ? ? ?? ?? ? , ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ? ?? ? ? ?, ? , ?? ? ?? ? ?? / ??. 7. ?? ?? ?? ? , ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ? ?? ? ? ?, ? , ?? ? ?? ? ?? / ??. ?? ?? ?? Imperial ?? ?? ??, ? ? ?. 1. ? ? ? ?? ?? ?. 2. ? ? ?? ? ? ?? ?, ?? EN ? ? ? ?? ?? . 3. ? ?? , ?? ? ? ?? ?? ?? ? ? ?? ??. ?? ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ?? ??, ? ? ??, ?? ??, ?? ? ? ? ? ? – ?? ??. ? ?? ? ? ??, ? ?. 4. ? ? ?? (? ?? ) ? ?? ?? . ? ? ?, ? ?. 5. ? ?? ? ? ?? . ? ?? ? ?? ? ?, , ; ? ? ? ?? , ?? ? ? ? ?? ? . 6. ?? ? ?? ?, ?? ?? ?? ?, ? ?? ?? ? ?? ? ?. 7. ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ?? ?? , ? ?? ? ?? ?? ? ?? ?? : ? ; ??; ??; ?? ?; ? , ? ? ; ?; ??; ??. 8. ? ? ?? ? , ? ?? ?? ? ? ??. 9. ??, ? ? ?? ? ? ? ? ??, ?? ??, ?? ?? ?? ? , ?? ?? ??, ?? ? ? ?? ?? – ?? ? ??, ?? ? ? ??, ? ?? ?? – ?? ?, ? ?? , ?? ?? ? ?, ? ?? ? ? ? ?? ?. ? ?? ?? ??, ?? ? ? ? ? ?, ?? ?? ?? ??. ?? ?? ? ?? – ? ??, ?? ? ?? – ? ?. ?? ?? ?? ??, ?? ?? ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ?? ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ??, , ?? ?? , ?? ?? ?? – ? ?, ?, ? , ?? ? ?? ?, ?? ?? ?? , ?? ? ?? ?? ?? ?? ?, ?? ?, ?? ?? ?, ? ?? ? ?, ?, ? ?? ?? ?? ?, ?? ? ? ? ??. ?? ?? ? ? ?? ?? ? ?? ?? ? ??-? , ? ?? ? ?, ? ?? ?? ? ? ?, ?? ?? ?? (??, ?? ??). 10. ?? ?? ?? ?? ?? ? ? ? / ? ??. ? ? ??, ?, -? ?? ?: www.Imperial.TechSpec.com 237

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES IP44 RATED WALL LAMPS - INFORMATION AND INSTALLATION IMPORTANT INFORMATION: Imperial recommends that a qualified electrician should install your lighting. 238 Complaints made following installation cannot be accepted. Thank you for choosing this product. It has been manufactured with care from quality materials and when installed correctly should give many years of trouble free service. To ensure your complete safety and satisfaction, before commencing any installation please ensure that you have read and fully understood the following instructions. Remember; if you have any doubts about connection please consult a qualified electrician. IMPORTANT: We recommend that this lamp is installed by a qualified electrician in accordance with current IEE wiring and building regulations. These lamps are not suitable for outdoor use. Resistance to moisture: These lamps have been tested and rated at IP44. When assembled & mounted correctly, they are suitable for use in Bathrooms (zones 2 & 3) Correct orientation of the wall lamps is essential to maintain this protection rating and is shown on the label inside the lamp back plate. WARNING Switch off electricity supply at fuse box before and during installation and maintenance. We recommend that the circuit fuse or breaker is withdrawn to prevent accidental switching on whilst work is in progress. Light fittings should be protected by a maximum 6 amp fuse / miniature circuit breaker (M.C.B.) 1. Remove the stainless steel mounting plate from the back of the lamp by unscrewing the allen screw in the top edge of the lamp back plate using the allen key provided. 2. Carefully mark the position of the fixing holes for the wall mounting plate in the desired position on the wall ensuring that the plate is the correct way up and not back to front. The wall lamps are quite heavy, and the mounting plate will need to be securely screwed to the wall using suitable fixings for the particular type of wall construction where the lamp is to be installed. 3. Taking great care not to interfere with existing cables or pipework, drill the fixing holes of a suitable size for the screws or fixings you are using. 4. Pass the cables from the wall through the plastic grommet of the mounting plate, and secure the plate to the wall using the screws or other fixings you have chosen. Carefully support the wall lamp, while making the mains connection as below. 5. The wires are coded as follows: Brown - Live (L) Blue - Neutral (N) Green/Yellow - Earth (E) - THESE LAMPS MUST BE EARTHED 6. Connect the mains wires securely to the lamp as indicated above, using only the special terminal block supplied with the lamp. To open the terminal block cover, insert a small flat bladed screwdriver into both of the small slots on the front of the cover marked with an arrow. Pushing the screwdriver down slightly and levering gently away from the housing will release the two small catches allowing the cover to be opened. When making the connection, ensure that no bare or loose strands of wire are exposed, and that the outer sheath of the supply cable passes through the special grommet into the connector box. Do not dissemble the connections made already from the lamp to the terminal block. 7. Secure the lamp to the mounting plate from the lower edge of the back plate first, sliding the lamp slightly upward to locate the tang on the mounting plate in the slot in the back of the lamp. Once located, bring the top of the lamp backplate toward the wall and secure by tightening the allen screw in the top edge with the allen key provided. Ensure that no wires are trapped when tightening the allen screw. WATTAGE Never exceed the maximum wattage as indicated on the bulb holders. BULB REPLACEMENT This differs between models: - Follow the directions below for only the model in use. In all cases, switch off the lamp and allow the bulb to cool prior to commencing. Toledo Single and Double: Unscrew the glass shade and replace the bulb with the same type as marked on the bulb holder. Brokton: (Shade and Bulb replacement). Unscrew the domed glass bulb cover complete with shade ring. (This is quite stiff due to its rubber sealing gland). Unscrew and remove the bulb. You can now fit the shade of your choice. With the shade seated on the bulb holder, screw in a new E14 screw cap tube shaped bulb of up to 40 watts maximum. Finally screw the glass bulb cover and shade ring back on to the lamp as a unit (it can easily be reseated if they have come apart in disassembly). Cadiz and Avila: Carefully remove the domed frosted glass bulb cover (this is a pull/push fit over the rubber seals at the base of the bulb holder). Unscrew the glass shade if greater access is required and pull out the old bulb. Replace the bulb with a G9 mains voltage halogen bulb of 40 watts maximum taking care not to let the bulb have direct contact with your fingers. Screw the glass shade back on to the lamp and finally push home the domed frosted glass bulb cover ensuring it is over the seals at the bottom of the bulb holder. CARE OF THIS PRODUCT Clean only with a dry soft duster. Do not use any proprietary cleaners and polishes, which may have a detrimental effect on the finish. The Company reserves the right to continually evolve its product line without notification. The Company will not accept any liability regarding specification changes and their consequences unless previously quoted by the Company in writing.

ANCILLARIES Wall hung pan & wall hung bidet fixing kit pan includes concealed cistern & push button Pan kit Bidet kit (not shown) 1 1/2" Combined bath waste & overflow complete with solid brass plug & chain (Chrome) (Antique Gold) Click clack basin waste (Chrome Slotted) (Chrome Unslotted) (Gold Slotted) (Gold Unslotted) Bath pop up waste (Standard Chrome) (Extended Chrome) Tidy plug extended bath waste (Chrome) (Antique Gold) Free-flow waste (Chrome) Bath extra filler kit (Standard Chrome) (Antique Gold) Ceramic WC pan connector straight 236mm, straight 330mm, L shaped 290mm (White) (Bone) (Pergamon) 1 1/4” Basin waste complete with solid brass plug & chain (Chrome) (Antique Gold) Classic ‘S’ trap (Chrome) (Antique Gold) Traditional bottle trap (Chrome) (Antique Gold) 1 1/4” minimalistic bottle trap (Chrome) (Antique Gold) Traditional ‘P’ trap (Chrome) (Antique Gold) Cistern lever handle (Ceramic/Chrome) (Ceramic/Antique Gold) Cistern fittings without handle for close coupled, low level or high level Amena/Isis pan, bidet and semi ped fixing kit Low level flush pipe & shroud (Chrome) (Antique Gold) Extended low level flush pipe & shroud (Chrome) (Antique Gold) 239

For technical drawings & sizes, please refer to our technical website: www.imperialtechspec.com 240

THE IMPERIAL BATHROOM COMPANY LIMITED ENGLAND WWW.IMPERIAL-BATHROOMS.COM TEL +44 (0)1922 743074 FAX +44 (0)1922 743180 EMAIL: EXPORT@IMPERIAL-BATHROOMS.CO.UK

Artworks ORIGINALSTYLE

This page: Top left: hand painting. Top right: A9004 Metro, Brilliant White. Above left: B9000 Field tile Colonial White, GSY9921 Sigma Summer Yellow, 6064B border, 6008B Birds and Butterfly 5-tile set, 6009B Birds and Rushes 5-tile set, GSY9002 Half tile Summer Yellow. Floor: Oxford pattern with Cardigan insert in Melville border. Middle right: 6361 A Coign of Vantage detail. Above right: E9000 Field tile, E9900 Albert, E9908 Adelaide, all Victorian Green. Opposite page: B9000 field tile, B9900 Albert moulding, B9221 Rectangle, B9921 Sigma, B9927 Astragal, all Colonial White, 6019B, 6020B Symmetrical Classic Pattern Field tile and quarter tile. Floor: Original Style Earthworks Lascaux Polished Limestone.

R Classic e c r e Styles at ing Inspiration for our unique Artworks tiles can be traced back to ancient Greece and Rome, for it was art and architecture from this era that was the basis for many of the Renaissance, Regency and Victorian imagery which forms much of this exclusive collection. A wealth of colour and decorative detail At Original Style we have devoted years of research to perfect ceramic decorating techniques which allow the consistent reproduction of vivid colours combined with precise detail. The results can be seen on the following pages, including classic works of art on ceramic tiles which faithfully reproduce the colours and textures of the original canvases. A reflection of true quality The exceptional reflectivity of Original Style field tiles is achieved by creating our own glazes. These have a translucence, intensity and depth which we believe to be unmatched by any other tile manufacturer, anywhere in the world. Contents Fleur de Lis ........................... 04-05 Regency Stripe ....................... 06-07 The Masterpiece Collection ....... 08-15 The Victorian Collection ........... 16-25 Art and Crafts ........................ 26-27 Art Nouveau ......................... 28-33 Relief Tiles ........................... 34-37 Mackintosh Style ..................... 38-39 Art Deco .............................. 40-41 Hand Decorated Tiles ............... 42-43 Metro Tiles ........................... 44-45 Antique Bronze Mouldings ........ 46-47 Mosaic Floor Tiles ................... 48-49 Victorian Floor Tiles ................ 50-55 Colours, Trims and Profiles ........ 56-65 Tile Panels ............................ 66-67 Important Information ............. 68-75 Mix and match All standard tiles are 152mm wide (6”) with an edge depth of 7mm ( 1/4”). This brochure shows just a few ways in which decorated, moulded and plain tiles can be combined to create stunning effects but, with such a wide selection, we are confident that you will be able to think of many more! Artworks I 03

A9032TP Fleur de Lis Platinum on Brilliant White 2 tile set, PLAT9909 Platinum Omega, A9033TP Fleur de Lis Platinum on Brilliant White Border, A9000 Brilliant White field tile C l Style a s s i c a l 04 I Classical Style The Fleur de Lis has been used for thousands of years: it was the flower of Hera, Moon Goddess of the Ancient Greeks, a symbol of purity associated with the Virgin Mary, and the heraldic emblem of the Tudor dynasty and a multitude of French rulers going back to Charlemagne. It is still in use today for coats of arms for cities and monarchs. We have carefully researched its shape and proportions to bring you our version of this beautiful motif on a tile. The Fleur de Lis now graces Original Style tiles in gold and platinum on backgrounds of Brilliant White, Black and Colonial White, giving an almost three dimensional effect. Use Fleur de Lis in your home and enjoy its delicate grandeur. GOLD9909 Omega 152 x 12mm (6” x 1/2”) PLAT9909 Omega 152 x 12mm (6” x 1/2”) A9032TP Fleur de Lis Platinum on Brilliant White 2-tile set. Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) B9032TP Fleur de Lis Platinum on Colonial White 2-tile set. Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) B9032TG Fleur de Lis Gold on Colonial White 2-tile set. Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) N9032TG Fleur de Lis Gold on Black 2-tile set. Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) A9033TP Fleur de Lis Platinum on Brilliant White Border 152 x 25mm (6” x 1”) B9033TP Fleur de Lis Gold on Colonial White Border 152 x 25mm (6” x 1”) B9033TG Fleur de Lis Gold on Colonial White Border 152 x 25mm (6” x 1”) N9033TG Fleur de Lis Gold on Black Border 152 x 25mm (6” x 1”)

N9032TG Fleur de Lis Gold on Black 2-tile set, GOLD9909 Omega Gold, N9033TG Fleur de Lis Gold on Black Border, N9004 Metro Jet Black. Floor: Original Style Tileworks Fantasy Black Polished Porcelain tiles Classical Style I 05

06 I Classical Style

F9036B Fleur de Lis Burgundy on Colonial White 2-tile set, F9928 Hogarth Burgundy, F9030B Burgundy Regency Stripe on Colonial White, F9903 Skirting Burgundy. Floor: Original Style Earthworks Lascaux Polished Limestone. G9036B Fleur de Lis Royal Blue on Colonial White 2-tile set, G9900 Albert Royal Blue, G9030B Royal Blue Regency Stripe on Colonial White, B9903 Skirting Colonial White. C l Style a s s i c a l Bring the refined elegance that was typical of Georgian and Regency interiors into your own rooms with these striped tiles, available in the strong rich colours of Burgundy and Royal Blue. If you pair the Stripe with a complementary Fleur de Lis you will have a perfect match, whether it’s in the bathroom, hallway or bedroom, or anywhere you choose where you can appreciate their classic style. Royal Blue G9030B Royal Blue Regency Stripe on Colonial White 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) G9035B Fleur de Lis Royal Blue on Colonial White Border 152 x 25mm (6” x 1”) G9036B Fleur de Lis Royal Blue on Colonial White 2-tile set. Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) Burgundy F9030B Burgundy Regency Stripe on Colonial White 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) F9035B Fleur de Lis Burgundy on Colonial White Border 152 x 25mm (6” x 1”) F9036B Fleur de Lis Burgundy on Colonial White 2-tile set. Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) Classical Style I 07

08 I Masterpiece Collection

M Collection a s t e r p i e c e What could be more up-lifting to gaze at as you relax in your bath than a work of art by one of the great painters of the past? These painstakingly accurate reproductions of historic paintings are replicated on our glazed ceramic tiles, creating a new dimension in bathroom design. As these tiles are larger and thicker than our normal tiles, we have developed matching frame sets to complement them, although these frame sets can be laid neatly alongside tiles of any thickness. There are eight tiles in these frames, each ready mitred and available in a choice of three colours (see page 12 for more details). 6358 At Aphrodite’s Cradle, 6361 A Coign of Vantage, 6359 The Baths of Caracalla, GJT9903 Skirting, GJT9900 Albert, GJT9928 Hogarth, all Sepia, GIC9000 Field tiles, GIC9909 Omega, GIC9221 Rectangle, all Ecru, B9000 Field tile, B9002 Half tile, B9921 Sigma, B9923 Scroll, 6366B Frame set, all Colonial White. Centre tile in wall panel: Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles Cardigan brown on buff. Floor: Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles York pattern with Kingsley border. Masterpiece Collection I 09

10 I Masterpiece Collection

6358 Alma-Tadema: At Aphrodite’s Cradle (1908), private collection. 6360 Alma-Tadema: Silver Favourites (1903), Manchester City Art Gallery. M Collection a s t e r p i e c e 6361 Alma-Tadema: A Coign of Vantage (1895), private collection. 6359 Alma-Tadema: The Baths of Caracalla (1899), private collection. 6360 Silver Favourites, 6361 A Coign of Vantage, B9929 Plain Cornice, B9905 Dentil, B9900 Albert, B9000 Field tile, B9906 Egg & Dart, B9903 Skirting, 6366B Frame set, all Colonial White, GJB9000 Jade Breeze Field tile, 6990B W.B. Simpson Fish Frieze, 6991B W. B. Simpson Shell Frieze. Floor: Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles York pattern with Melville border. Sir Laurence Alma-Tadema (1836-1912) Although he was Dutch by birth, Alma-Tadema spent most of his working life in England. He was particularly noted for his paintings of elegant female figures in classical Greek and Roman settings, and was described by Punch as a “marbellous artist” for his skill in depicting marble. The vivid blue of the Mediterranean is a recurring theme in his work and forms the backdrop for three of the four paintings we have selected. Dimensions for all 4 Alma-Tadema tiles Picture tile only: 560 x 380 x 10mm (22” x 14 3/4” x 1/3”) With frame: 630 x 450mm (24 1/2” x 17 1/2”) Matching Frame Sets also available: 6366A Brilliant White 6366B Colonial White 6366N Black Masterpiece Collection I 11

M Collection a s t e r p i e c e Sandro Botticelli (1444-1510) Widely acknowledged as one of the greatest Italian Renaissance painters, Botticelli lived and worked in Florence where he attracted the patronage of the powerful Medici family. He had a distinctive, personal style and drew his inspiration from a multitude of sources, classical and Biblical as well as contemporary. The Birth of Venus (c.1481), perhaps his best known work, was commissioned for one of the many Medici villas around Florence and is now in the Uffizi Gallery. 6364 Botticelli: Birth of Venus (c.1481), Uffizi Gallery, Florence. Picture tile only: 360 x 560mm x 10mm (14” x 22” x 1/3”) With frame: 430 x 630mm (16 3/4” x 24 1/2”) Matching Frame Sets also available: 6369A Brilliant White 6369B Colonial White 6369N Black 12 I Masterpiece Collection Raffaello Sanzio, known as Raphael (1483-1520) Born in Urbino, the son of an artist, Raphael was called to Rome in 1508 to carry out a number of commissions for Pope Julius II. Thereafter his work was in great demand from wealthy Roman merchants and noblemen. Influenced by both Leonardo da Vinci and Michelangelo, he nevertheless established his own distinctive style and became one of the great Classical artists of the High Renaissance. Galatea (1511-12) was a fresco commissioned by the Siennese banker, Agostino Chigi, to decorate the wall of a loggia at his riverside villa. It shows the nymph, Galatea, dramatically surrounded by “amorini, mermen, hippocamps and nereids” and survives today in what is now called the Villa Farnesina, after a later owner. 6365B Raphael: Galatea (1511-12), Villa Farnesina, Rome Picture tile only: 560 x 420mm x 10mm (22” x 16” x 1/3”) With frame: 630 x 490mm (24 1/2” x 19”) Matching Frame Sets also available: 6370A Brilliant White 6370B Colonial White 6370N Black Please see Important Information pages for details on fixing. Brilliant White Colonial White Black

6365B Galatea, 6370N frame set Jet Black, A9000 Field tile Brilliant White, N9901 Victoria, N9905 Dentil, N9022A Parthenon, N9000 Field tile, all Jet Black. Masterpiece Collection I 13

14 I Masterpiece Collection

M Collection a s t e r p i e c e Claude Monet (1840-1926) Monet was the master of the Impressionist movement in late 19th century France. His passion was depicting the effects of light, particularly on water, which often led him to paint the same scene several times over in a variety of daylight conditions. He lived for a few years at Argenteuil on the River Seine and later bought a house near the village of Giverny. Its large garden is where many of his greatest masterpieces were painted. The Water-Lily Pond (1899) is one of a series featuring Monet’s own water garden and Japanese footbridge at Giverny in which his use of colour and light is at its most exquisite. Argenteuil (c.1875) shows a variety of colourful boats moored on the River Seine. It was probably painted from the artist’s specially built studio boat. 6363 Monet: Argenteuil (c.1875), Musee de l’Orangerie, Paris. Picture tile only: 380 x 445mm x 10mm (14 3/4”” x 17 1/4” x 1/3”) With frame: 450 x 515mm (17 1/2” x 20”) Matching Frame Sets also available: 6368A Brilliant White 6368B Colonial White 6368N Black 6362 Monet: The Water-Lily Pond (1899), National Gallery, London. Picture tile only: 380 x 395mm x 10mm (14 3/4” x 15 1/2” x 1/3”) With frame: 450 x 465mm (17 1/2” x 18”) Matching Frame Sets also available: 6367A Brilliant White 6367B Colonial White 6367N Black 6362 Water-Lily Pond, 6361 A Coign of Vantage, 6359 Baths of Caracalla, 6366B Frame set Colonial White, B9002 Half tile Colonial White, GJB9022A Parthenon, GJB9909 Omega, GJB9900 Albert, all Jade Breeze. Floor: customer’s own. See Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles brochure for similar patterns and borders. Masterpiece Collection I 15

V i Collection c t o r i a n 16 I Victorian Collection Many of the tiles produced by the English manufacturers of the 19th Century were specifically designed for fireplaces. Here the standard requirement was for vertical five-tile sets which were positioned either side of the grate. We have reproduced a selection of the best of these for use as decorative wall tiles. Their proportions make them particularly appropriate for shower cubicles, and they can also be successfully incorporated into a wide variety of settings. There are matching floral borders for all our Victorian tile sets, which can also be used as attractive decorative features in their own right. The background glaze colour for Plant & Urn is either Colonial White or Brilliant White. See pages 56-64 for details of plain and moulded tiles. Background glaze colours vary from one set to another; please take careful note of the colour before ordering matching field and moulded tiles. Plant & Urn Corner tile 6030A Brilliant White 6030B Colonial White 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) Border tile (flower on right) 6032A Brilliant White 6032B Colonial White 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6092A Single tile, 6030A Corner tile, 6031A Border tile, A9000 Field tile, all Brilliant White. Detail 6030A Corner tile and 6031A Border tile, Brilliant White. Border tile (flower on left) 6031A Brilliant White 6031B Colonial White 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) Single tile 6092A Brilliant White 6092B Colonial White 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”)

6003B Poppy and Wheatsheaf 5-tile set, 6027B Corner, 6028B, 6029B Borders, B9000 Field tile, all Colonial White. Poppy & Wheatsheaf 6003B Colonial White Poppy and Wheatsheaf 5-tile set Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6027B Colonial White Corner tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6028B Colonial White Border tile (with wheat) 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6029B Colonial White Border tile (no wheat) 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6088B Colonial White Single tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) Victorian Collection I 17

V i Collection c t o r i a n Blue Iris 6080A Blue Iris 5-tile set Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6093A Single tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6081A Border tile, full size 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6082A Corner tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6085A Bordertile, half size 152x76mm (6”x 3”) 6084A Blue Iris 6-tile panel. Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 18 I Victorian Collection The background glaze colour is Brilliant White. See pages 56-64 for details of plain and moulded tiles.

6080A Blue Iris 5-tile set, 6084A 6-tile panel, 6085A Half border, 6082A Corner, 6081A Border, A9000 Field tile Brilliant White, GLM9909 Omega, GLM9900 Albert, GLM9901 Victoria, GLM9903 Skirting, GLM9002 Half tile, GLM9000 Field tile, all Lilac Mist. Floor: Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles Arundel pattern with modified Browning border. Victorian Collection I 19

V i Collection c t o r i a n 20 I Victorian Collection Cameo Carousel The background glaze colour is Colonial White. See pages 56-64 for details of plain and moulded tiles. 6033B Corner tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6035B Border tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6034B Border tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6006B Cameo Carousel 5-tile set (with harp) Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6006B Cameo Carousel (with harp) 5-tile set, 6033B Corner, 6034B Border, B9000 Field tile Colonial White, F9901 Victoria, F9000 Field tile, all Burgundy. Detail 6007B Cameo Carousel 5-tile set. 6007B Cameo Carousel 5-tile set (with scarf) Each tile: 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”)

6009B Birds and Rushes 5-tile set, 6064B Border, B9000 Field tile, B9909 Omega, both Colonial White, GSY9921 Sigma, GSY9002 Half tile, both Summer Yellow. Birds & Butterfly The background glaze colour is Colonial White. See pages 56-64 for details of plain and moulded tiles. 6063B Corner tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6064B Border tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6008B Birds and Butterfly 5-tile set. Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6064B Corner tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6065B Border tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6009B Birds and Rushes 5-tile set. Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) Victorian Collection I 21

V i Collection c t o r i a n Continuous Patterns These cleverly designed Victorian tiles are ideal for smaller tiled areas such as fitted kitchens and basin splashbacks. Laid in horizontal friezes or rectangular blocks they form attractive repeating patterns which can be neatly edged with matching moulded tiles. The background glaze colour is Colonial White. See pages 56-64 for details of plain and moulded tiles. Single Tiles We have reproduced these authentic designs with careful attention to detail. They can be used as running friezes or placed randomly as highlights in a field of plain coloured tiles. 6017B Windflower 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) The background glaze colour is Colonial White. 6014B Apple Blossom 6011B Poppies, scroll border 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 22 I Victorian Collection 6013B Sweetbriar 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6020B Symmetrical classical quarter tile, measures 152 x 38 x 7mm (6” x 1 1/2” x 1/3”) 6012B Symmetrical floral pattern 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6862B Bluebird 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6010B Poppies, floral border 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6861B Floral Trellis 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6018B Blue Poppies 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6860B Pomegranate Continuous Pattern, B9900 Albert Colonial White. 6861B Floral Trellis Continuous Pattern, F9909 Sigma Burgundy, B9924 Ribbon & Reed Colonial White. B9000 Field tile, B9900 Albert, B9221 Rectangle, B9921 Sigma, B9927 Astragal, all Colonial White, 6019B, 6020B Symmetrical Classic Field tile and quarter tile. Floor: Original Style Earthworks Lascaux Polished Limestone. 6860B Pomegranate 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6016B Peony 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6019B Symmetrical classical pattern 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”)

Victorian Collection I 23

6398B Corded Poppies Border, B9002 Half tile, B9221 Rectangle, both Colonial White, F9903 Skirting, F9905 Dentil, F9906 Egg & Dart, F9909 Omega, all Burgundy. Floor: customer’s own. Use these colourful repeat patterns to create running V i c t o r i a n friezes and add character to plain areas of tiling. 24 I Victorian Collection Collection The background glaze colour is either Colonial White or Brilliant White. See pages 56-64 for details of plain and moulded tiles.

6388A Trumpet Gentian Border Blue, GSY9909 Omega Summer Yellow, GLM9900 Albert Lilac Mist, A9002 Half tile, A9005 REL tile, both Brilliant White. 6382B Knot Garden Border Pink, 6376B Trailing Ivy Border Green, F9909 Omega, F9905 Dentil, both Burgundy, B9000 Field tile, B9002 Half tile, both Colonial White. Classical Decorative Borders 152mm x 25mm (6” x 1”) Trailing Ivy, green 6376A Brilliant White 6376B Colonial White Scallop Shells, blue & yellow 6380A Brilliant White 6380B Colonial White Trailing Ivy, blue 6377A Brilliant White 6377B Colonial White 152mm x 50mm (6” x 2”) Art Nouveau Lily, green 6385A Brilliant White 6385B Colonial White Seashells border tile 6785A Brilliant White Art Nouveau Lily, pink 6384A Brilliant White 6384B Colonial White Autumn Foliage 6391A Brilliant White 6391B Colonial White Knot Garden, blue & yellow 6383A Brilliant White 6383B Colonial White 152mm x 76mm (6” x 3”) Arch and Ivy, blue 6392A Brilliant White 6392B Colonial White Arch and Ivy, pink 6393A Brilliant White 6393B Colonial White Floral Rope, blue & yellow 6379A Brilliant White 6379B Colonial White Trailing Periwinkle, blue 6386A Brilliant White 6386B Colonial White Knot Garden, pink 6382A Brilliant White 6382B Colonial White Trumpet Gentian, pink 6389A Brilliant White 6389B Colonial White Corded Poppies, red 6398A Brilliant White 6398B Colonial White Scallop Shells, green & buff 6381A Brilliant White 6381B Colonial White Trumpet Gentian, blue 6388A Brilliant White 6388B Colonial White Victorian Collection I 25

26 I Arts & Crafts

6990B Fish frieze 2-tile set, GJT9909 Omega Sepia, GJB9907 Wave, Jade Breeze, B9909 Omega, B9000 Field tile, both Colonial White. 6960A Peacock 2-tile set, G9900 Albert, G9000 Field tile, both Royal Blue. 6991B Shell frieze 2-tile set, B9902 Rope Colonial White, GJB9000 Field tile Jade Breeze. Floor: Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles Huntingdon pattern. A r t s& Crafts William De Morgan William De Morgan (1839-1917) was one of the foremost English tile designers of the late Victorian and Edwardian period. A lifelong friend of William Morris, the founder of the Arts and Crafts movement, he was precisely the kind of designer-craftsman that the movement admired. Although trained as an artist, De Morgan also inherited a love of science from his father and became an expert on the chemistry of ceramic glazes. Through painstaking research he achieved distinctive, lustrous colours to complement his lively designs, many of which were inspired by Persian art, including the Peacock border featured here. The background glaze colour is Brilliant White. See pages 56-64 for details of plain and moulded tiles. W. B. Simpson During its short history from 1873 to 1910 the firm of W. B. Simpson produced some of the most original and beautifully decorated tiles of the period. We have reproduced the Fish and Shell designs, which make excellent decorative friezes to set against a background of plain and moulded tiles. The background glaze colour is Colonial White. See pages 56-64 for details of plain and moulded tiles. 6991B Shell frieze 2-tile set Each tile 152 x 76 x 7mm (6” x 3” x 1/8”) 6960A Peacock border 2-tile set Each tile 152 x 76mm (6” x 3”) 6990B Fish frieze 2-tile set Each tile 152 x 152 x 7mm (6” x 6” x 1/8”) Arts & Crafts I 27

A r t Nouveau 28 I Art Nouveau Detail of 6050B Ivy 6054B Orchid tile, 6055B Quarter tile, B9000 Colonial White field tile Alphonse Mucha Alphonse Mucha (1860-1939) rose from obscurity in Moravia to become one of the most celebrated Parisian artists and illustrators of his time. He was a leading exponent of the Art Nouveau style, popularising such motifs as flowers on slender, twining stems and romantic female figures with abundant flowing hair. We have reproduced six of his finest designs and pictures as decorated ceramic tiles and tile panels. These have been expanded into a fully co-ordinated tile collection with the addition of mirror images, single floral tiles and matching borders featuring motifs from the original pictures. The background glaze colour is Colonial White. See pages 56-64 for details of plain and moulded tiles. 6050B Ivy (Le Lierre) 1901 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6051B Ivy quarter tile, 152 x 38mm (6” x 1 1/2”) 6054B Orchid (Orchidee) 1902 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6055B Orchid quarter tile, 152 x 38mm (6” x 1 1/2”) C9000 Field tile, C9911 External Corner, C9903 Skirting, all Imperial Ivory, GVG9927 Astragal Vicarage Green, 6050B Ivy Single tile, 6051B Quarter tile. Floor: Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles Chelsea pattern.

Art Nouveau I 29

30 I Art Nouveau A r t Nouveau Alphonse Mucha Nocturnal Slumber (Repos de la Nuit) 1899 The background glaze colour is Colonial White. See pages 56-64 for details of plain and moulded tiles. 6059B Corner tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6060B Border tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6043B Single floral tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6046B Quarter tile 152 x 38mm (6” x 1 1/2”) 6041B 3-tile set. Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6042B 3-tile set. Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”)

6041B, 6042B Slumber 3-tile sets, 6059B Corner, 6060B Border, B9000 Field tile Colonial White. Although painted wooden skirting board and dado rail are shown, B9900 Albert and B9903 Skirting, both Colonial White, would be suitable. Floor: customer’s own. See Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles brochure for similar patterns. Art Nouveau I 31

A r tNouveau 6058B Border tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6057B Corner tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6040B Single floral tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6046B Quarter tile 152x38mm (6”x1 1/2”) 32 I Art Nouveau Alphonse Mucha Evening Reverie (Reverie du soir) 1899 The background glaze colour is Colonial White. See pages 56-64 for details of plain and moulded tiles. 6038B 3-tile set. Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6039B 3-tile set. Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6062B Border tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6066B Corner tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6061B Corner tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6049B Single floral tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) Alphonse Mucha Spring (Printemps) 1900 The background glaze colour is Colonial White. See pages 56-64 for details of plain and moulded tiles. 6047B 3-tile set. Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) Detail of 6039B Evening Reverie 3-tile set. 6047B Spring 3-tile set, 6062B Spring Border tile, 6061B and 6066B Spring Corner tiles, B9000 Field tile Colonial White, F9000 Field tile, F9901 Victoria, F9900 Albert, all Burgundy. 6038B and 9B Spring 3-tile sets, 6046B Quarter tile, GJT9000 field tile, GJT9900 Albert, GJT9909 Omega, all Sepia, B9000 Field tile Colonial White, A9900 Albert, A9909 Omega, both Brilliant White. Floor: Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles York pattern incorporating Cardigan decorated tile. 6048B 3-tile set. Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”)

Art Nouveau I 33

34 I Relief Tiles

Detail of 6083B Rose and Bud raised line 5-tile set 6996B Henrietta 3-tile set, B9000 Field tile Colonial White. 6083B Rose and Bud raised line 5-tile set, E9000 Field tile, E9900 Albert, E9929 Plain Cornice, E9905 Dentil, E9906 Egg & Dart, all Victorian Green, B9000 Field tile Colonial White. R e l i e fTiles 6083B Rose and Bud raised line 5-tile set Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) Raisedline Tiles Raised-line decoration was a technique developed in the late 19th Century and was used extensively during the Arts and Crafts and Art Nouveau periods. The outline of the pattern was embossed on to the tile body and different coloured glazes were applied to the ‘walled’ sections created. The Original Style Rose and Bud tile set is a faithful reproduction of this style using specially developed modern production techniques. The background glaze colour is Colonial White. See pages 56-64 for details of plain and moulded tiles. 6995B Angelina Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6996B Henrietta Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) Relief Moulded Tiles With delightful Art Nouveau styling, this highly detailed, three-tile set is produced by a raised pattern technique called Relief Moulding. Each tile is slip cast in elegantly sculptured moulds and then dry fired before being individually hand painted by one of our skilled artists. After glazing and a further firing in a high temperature kiln, the result is a unique piece that will provide pleasure for years to come. The background glaze colour is Colonial White. See pages 56-64 for details of plain and moulded tiles. Relief Tiles I 35

36 I Relief Tiles

973B Belle Epoque, B9000 Field tile Colonial White, F9928 Hogarth, F9927 Astragal, F9903 Skirting, all Burgundy, GPV9000 Pavillion Field tile Green Field. Floor: Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles Ascot pattern with Hardy border. R e l i e fTiles 5970B Liberty 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 5976B Lilium border 152 x 76mm (6” x 3”) 5974B Madonna Border, GSY9900 Albert, GSY9909 Omega, both Summer Yellow, B9000 Field tile Colonial White. Tube Lined Single Tiles This highly skilled method of decoration evolved towards the latter part of the 19th Century and was used to embellish ornaments, such as bowls and vases, as well as ceramic tiles. It requires the outline for each design to be piped by hand onto the tile. Different coloured translucent glazes are then applied – again by hand – to separate areas of the design to create exquisite works of art. The background glaze colour is Colonial White. See pages 56-64 for details of plain and moulded tiles. 5971B Moulin Rouge 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 5975B Lotus Flower border 152 x 76mm (6” x 3”) 5972B Montmartre 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 5974B Madonna border 152 x 76mm (6” x 3”) 5973B Belle Epoque 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 5977B Belle Epoque border 152 x 76mm (6” x 3”) 5970B Liberty, 5972B Montmartre, 5974B Madonna Border, GSY9921 Sigma, GSY9903 Skirting, GSY9909 Omega, GSY9900 Albert, all Summer Yellow, B9000 Field tile Colonial White. Relief Tiles I 37

38 I Mackintosh Style 6994B Glasgow Border, N9921 Sigma Jet Black, GPG9002 Half tile Palm Green, B9000 Field tile Colonial White.

6992B Glasgow Rose RH 3-tile set, 6993B Glasgow Rose RH 3-tile set, 6994B Glasgow Border, N9921 Sigma, N9903 Skirting, both Jet Black, GPG9002 Half tile Palm Green, B9000 Field tile Colonial White. Floor: Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles. 6992B Glasgow Rose RH 3-tile set. Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6993B Glasgow Rose LH 3-tile set. Each tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) M a Style c k i n t o s h By the end of the 19th Century the Glasgow School of Art was one of the leading academies in Europe and its reputation for new ideas in decorative arts and design reached a zenith. At the very heart of this success was the talented artist and architect Charles Rennie Mackintosh. Original Style’s Glasgow Rose three-tile sets are a tribute to the enduring interest in Mackintosh and evoke the very essence of his distinctive style. The background glaze colour is Colonial White. See pages 56-64 for details of plain and moulded tiles. 6994B Glasgow Border 152 x 25mm (6” x 1”) Mackintosh Style I 39

ArtDeco Possibly the 20th Century’s most outstanding design movement, and certainly one of its most memorable, the enduringly popular Art Deco style evokes all the bold, daring modernism of the Twenties. Clean lines and precise symmetry combine in visually arresting shapes and forms which both challenge and inspire. And with real platinum and gold used on every 6” tile, you can be sure they make the ultimate décor statement. The background glaze colour is Brilliant White. See pages 56-64 for details of plain and moulded tiles. Under studio lighting the platinum and gold used on Art Deco tiles may appear as black. Before making your choice it is always advisable to ask your Original Style supplier to show you samples. 40 I Art Deco 6480 Fan Tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6480N Black Fan Tile 152 x 152mm (6” x 6”) 6490N Black Manhattan Border 152 x 50mm (6” x 2”) 6490 Manhattan Border 152 x 50mm (6” x 2”) 6490 Manhattan Border, A9000 Field tile, A9002 Half tile, both Brilliant White, GAQ9002 Half tile, GAQ9909 Omega, GAQ9903 Skirting, all Aqua Source. 6480 Fan tile, 6490 Manhattan Border, N9901 Victoria, N9921 Sigma, N9903 Skirting, all Jet Black, GLS9221 Rectangle London Stone, A9000 Field tile, A9002 Half tile, both Brilliant White. Floor: Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles Kingsley border with Earthworks Venetian Mosaics Bianco.

Art Deco I 41

Decorated H a n d 42 I Hand Decorated Tiles These elegant hand-decorated tiles have been created to complement our unrivalled selection of moulded and plain tiles. The designs are typically Victorian and can be used to add the finishing touches to your décor. Available in Burgundy, Jet Black, Royal Blue, Jade Breeze and Lilac Mist on the background Brilliant White. When ordering please pre-fix the code number with the relevant colour code as shown in moulded tiles sections (i.e. GLM9024A Lilac Mist Love Knot). 9022A Parthenon 152 x 75mm (6” x 3”) (Shown in Burgundy F9022A) 9024A Love Knot 152 x 50mm (6” x 2”) (Shown in Lilac Mist GLM9024A) 9023A Acanthus 152 x 50mm (6” x 2”) (Shown in Jade Breeze GJB9023A) 9025A Greek Key 152 x 40mm (6” x 1 1/2”) (Shown in Royal Blue G9025A)

A9000 Field tile Brilliant White, G9903 Skirting, G9909 Omega, G9905 Dentil, G9022A Parthenon, G9025A Greek Key, all Royal Blue. Hand Decorated Tiles I 43

44 I Metro Tiles

B9004 Metro, B9900 Albert, B9926 Warwick, all Colonial White, GBB9909 Omega Baroque Blue. A9004 Metro Brilliant White. N9004 Metro Jet Black. M Tiles e t r o Still popular in today’s contemporary living spaces, bevelled tiles like these have been used in Paris Metro underground stations since 1903. They typify its iconic Art Nouveau style. Use it in the brick bond pattern for an authentic Paris match. N9004 Jet Black 152 x 75mm (6” x 3”) B9004 Colonial White 152 x 75mm (6” x 3”) A9004 Brilliant White 152 x 75mm (6” x 3”) Metro Tiles I 45

46 I Antique Bronze Trims

GNE9909 Omega, GNE9923 Scroll, GNE9907 Wave, all Antique Bronze, B9002 Half tile Colonial White. A Bronze n t i q u e Although these mouldings are ceramic like all the other tiles in the brochure, the glaze gives them a look of antique bronze. The subtle metallic sheen will lend an air of opulence to any room. GNE9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6” x 2”) GNE9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6” x 1 1/8”) GNE9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6” x 2 3/8”) GNE9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6” x 1/2”) GNE9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6” x 2 1/2”) GNE9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6” x 3/4”) GNE9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6” x 1 1/2”) Antique Bronze Trims I 47

M o s a i c Up to now the natural partner and most obvious choice for Artworks wall tiles has been Original Style Victorian flooring, as both can trace their roots back to the elegant Victorian era. However, these beautiful mosaic floor tiles are an extremely attractive alternative. They can also be a practical solution for bathrooms and especially for small spaces, and, like Victorian floor tiles, are perfect when used with underfloor heating. CS-PRMOON Moonbeam Penny Round 292 x 310 x 6mm (11 1/2” x 12 1/4” x 1/4”) 48 I Mosaic Floor Tiles Floor Tiles CS-HNYCOMW White Honeycomb 297 x 257 x 6mm (11 3/4” x 10 1/8” x 1/4”) CS-OCTDOT Classic Octagon & Dot 292 x 292 x 6mm (11 1/2” x 11 1/2” x 1/4”) N9903 Skirting Jet Black, A9000 Field tile Brilliant White. Floor: CS-OCTDOT Classic Octagon & Dot CS-BSKMOS Basketweave. CS-HNYCOMWB Black and White Honeycomb 297 x 257 x 6mm (11 3/4” x 10 1/8” x 1/4”) CS-BSKMOS Basketweave 297 x 297 x 6mm (11 3/4” x 11 3/4” x 1/4”) A9903 Skirting, A9000 Field tile Brilliant White. Floor: CS-PRMOON Moonbeam Penny Round.

Mosaic Floor Tiles I 49

50 I Victorian Floor Tiles

A9903 Skirting Brilliant White. Floor, as image, right. A9000 Field tile, A9921 Sigma, A9903 Skirting, all Brilliant White, N9025A Greek Key Black, N9002 Half tile, N9221 Rectangle, both Black. Floor: Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles Huntingdon pattern in Black and Dover White, with Kingsley border incorporating Colbrooke. A9900 Albert, A9000 Field tile, A9903 Skirting, all Brilliant White. Floor: Cambridge pattern with Cavendish border. V i Floor c t o r Tiles i a n Artworks wall tiles and Victorian Floor tiles are perfect together. For more floor designs, colour options, how to get a brochure, and full information on Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles, please visit www.originalstyle.com Huntingdon pattern with Kingsley Border 7134V Hexagon Dover White 151 x 75mm (6” x 3”) Cambridge pattern with Cavendish Border 7106V Square Dover White 151 x 151mm (approx 6” x 6”) 6302V Square Black 53 x 53mm (approx 2” x 2”) 6306V Square Black 151 x 151mm (approx 6” x 6”) 6812V Triangle Grey 50 x 36 x 36mm (2” x 1½” x 1½”) 6323V Rectangle Black 151 x 75mm (approx 6” x 3”) 7945V Colebrooke Black on Dover White 53 x 53mm (approx 2” x 2”) 7932V Cavendish Border Black on Dover White 151 x 151mm (approx 6” x 6”) 7933V Cavendish Internal Corner Black on Dover White 151 x 151mm (approx 6” x 6”) Victorian Floor Tiles I 51

V i Floor c t o r Tiles i a n Octagon Dot is another traditional floor pattern that is infinitely versatile – at home in traditional and modern interiors alike. For more floor designs, colour options, how to get a brochure, and full information on Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles, please visit www.originalstyle.com York pattern with Plymouth border 6323V Rectangle Black 151 x 75mm (approx 6” x 3”) 52 I Victorian Floor Tiles 7938V Plymouth Border Black on White 151 x 75mm (approx 6” x 3”) York pattern with Shaftesbury border 7131V Octagon Dover White 151 x 151mm (approx 6” x 6”) 6321V Rectangle Black 151 x 24mm (approx 6” x 1”) 7421V Rectangle Royal Palladian 151 x 24mm (approx 6” x 1”) 7423V Rectangle Royal Palladian 151 x 75mm (approx 6” x 3”) 6302V Square Black 53 x 53mm (approx 2” x 2”) 7402V Square Royal Palladian 53 x 53mm (approx 2” x 2”) 6569V Shaftesbury Brown on White 2-tile border set Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles York pattern in Black and White, with Plymouth Border and 6323V Rectangle, 6321V Rectangle 6302V Square, all Black. B9928 Hogarth, B9221 Rectangle, B9002 Half tile, B9903 Skirting, all Colonial White, GBB9909 Omega Baroque Blue. Floor: Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles York pattern in Dover White and Royal Palladian with Shaftesbury Brown on White 2-tile border set. 7939V Plymouth Corner Black on White 75 x 75mm (approx 3” x 3”) 6569V Shaftesbury Brown on White 2-tile border set, each tile 151 x 151mm (approx 6” x 6”)

Victorian Floor Tiles I 53

A9907 Wave, A9002 Half tile, A9903 Skirting, all Brilliant White. Floor: 6606V Blue Square, 7106V Dover White Square, 7123V Dover White Rectangle, 7919V Trafalgar Border, 7921 Trafalgar Internal Corner. V Floor i c t o Tiles r i a n Our Victorian Floor Tile range includes different shapes, sizes and colours to make up any number of designs, both modern and authentic 19th century designs taken from original Victorian Tile pattern catalogues. It also includes hand decorated individual tiles and tile-sets as well as borders and corners, such as some of the examples shown on these pages. Trafalgar Border 7919V Border Blue on Dover White 151 x 75mm (approx 6” x 3”) 54 I Victorian Floor Tiles 7920V External Corner Blue on Dover White 75 x 75mm (approx 3” x 3”) Chelsea Pattern 7136V Classic Hexagon Dover White 127 x 147 x 73mm (approx 5” x 5 13/16” x 2 7/8”) 7336V Classic Hexagon Regency Bath 127 x 147 x 73mm (approx 5” x 5 13/16 ” x 2 7/8”) 7921V Internal Corner Blue on Dover White 75 x 75mm (approx 3” x 3”) 7122V Rectangle Dover White 151 x 53mm (approx 6” x 2”) 6606V Square Blue 151 x 151mm (approx 6” x 6”) 7321 Rectangle Regency Bath 151 x 24mm (approx 6” x 1”) 7106V Square Dover White 151 x 151mm (approx 6” x 6”) 7123V Rectangle Dover White 151 x 75mm (approx 6” x 3”)

C9000 Field tile, C9903 Skirting, both Imperial Ivory. Floor: Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles Chelsea pattern. Victorian Floor Tiles I 55

Brilliant White A9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) A9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) A9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) A9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) A9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) A9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) A9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) A9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) A9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) A9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) A9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) A9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) A9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) A9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) A9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) A9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) A9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) A9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) A9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) A9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) A9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) A9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) External Corners Albert External Corner A9900L or A9900R Victoria External Corner A9901L or A9901R 56 I Profiles C o l o u r s Skirting External Corner A9903L or A9903R Colonial White B9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) B9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) B9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) B9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) B9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) B9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) B9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) B9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) B9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) B9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) B9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) B9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) B9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) and Trims B9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) B9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) B9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) B9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) B9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) B9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) B9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) B9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) B9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) External Corners Albert External Corner B9900L or B9900R Victoria External Corner B9901L or B9901R Skirting External Corner B9903L or B9903R Imperial Ivory C9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) C9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) C9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) C9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) C9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) C9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) C9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) C9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) C9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) C9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) C9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) C9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) C9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) C9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) C9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) C9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) C9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) C9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) C9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) C9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) C9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) C9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) External Corners Available in left (L) and right (R) for a professional finish (in Brilliant White and Colonial White only). Important Note Due to their shape Albert and Victoria mouldings are not recommended for use in areas subject to wall movement. It is also imperative that care is taken when grouting these mouldings to ensure moisture cannot get into the back of them as this may cause the moulding to crack.

Regency Cream S9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) S9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) S9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) S9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) S9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) S9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) S9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) S9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) S9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) S9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) S9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) S9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) S9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) C o l o u r s S9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) S9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) S9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) S9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) S9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) S9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) S9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) S9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) S9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) Ecru GIC9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GIC9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GIC9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) GIC9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GIC9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GIC9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GIC9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GIC9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) GIC9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) GIC9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) GIC9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GIC9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GIC9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) and Trims GIC9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GIC9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GIC9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) GIC9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) GIC9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GIC9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GIC9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GIC9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) GIC9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) Important Note Due to their shape Albert and Victoria mouldings are not recommended for use in areas subject to wall movement. It is also imperative that care is taken when grouting these mouldings to ensure moisture cannot get into the back of them as this may cause the moulding to crack. Mews Taupe GMT9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GMT9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GMT9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) GMT9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GMT9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GMT9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GMT9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GMT9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) GMT9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) GMT9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) GMT9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GMT9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GMT9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GMT9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GMT9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GMT9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) GMT9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) GMT9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GMT9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GMT9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GMT9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) GMT9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) Colours & Trims I 57

Palladian Beige GPB9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GPB9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GPB9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) GPB9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GPB9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GPB9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GPB9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GPB9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) GPB9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) GPB9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) GPB9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GPB9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GPB9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) 58 I Colours & Trims C o l o u r s GPB9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GPB9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GPB9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) GPB9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) GPB9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GPB9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GPB9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GPB9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) GPB9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) Sepia GJT9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GJT9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GJT9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) GJT9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GJT9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GJT9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GJT9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GJT9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) GJT9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) GJT9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) GJT9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GJT9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GJT9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) and Trims GJT9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GJT9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GJT9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) GJT9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) GJT9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GJT9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GJT9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GJT9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) GJT9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) Important Note Due to their shape Albert and Victoria mouldings are not recommended for use in areas subject to wall movement. It is also imperative that care is taken when grouting these mouldings to ensure moisture cannot get into the back of them as this may cause the moulding to crack. Etruscan Rose GER9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GER9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GER9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) GER9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GER9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GER9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GER9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GER9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) GER9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) GER9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) GER9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GER9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GER9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GER9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GER9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GER9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) GER9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) GER9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GER9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GER9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GER9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) GER9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”)

Summer Yellow GSY9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GSY9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GSY9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) GSY9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GSY9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GSY9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GSY9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GSY9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) GSY9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) GSY9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) GSY9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GSY9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GSY9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) C o l o u r s GSY9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GSY9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GSY9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) GSY9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) GSY9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GSY9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GSY9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GSY9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) GSY9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) Palm Green GPG9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GPG9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GPG9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) GPG9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GPG9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GPG9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GPG9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GPG9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) GPG9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) GPG9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) GPG9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GPG9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GPG9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) and Trims GPG9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GPG9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GPG9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) GPG9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) GPG9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GPG9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GPG9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GPG9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) GPG9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) Important Note Due to their shape Albert and Victoria mouldings are not recommended for use in areas subject to wall movement. It is also imperative that care is taken when grouting these mouldings to ensure moisture cannot get into the back of them as this may cause the moulding to crack. Jade Breeze GJB9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GJB9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GJB9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) GJB9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GJB9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GJB9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GJB9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GJB9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) GJB9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) GJB9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) GJB9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GJB9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GJB9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GJB9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GJB9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GJB9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) GJB9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) GJB9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GJB9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GJB9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GJB9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) GJB9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) Colours & Trims I 59

Vicarage Green GVG9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GVG9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GVG9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) GVG9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GVG9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GVG9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GVG9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GVG9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) GVG9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) GVG9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) GVG9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GVG9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GVG9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) C o l o u r s GVG9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GVG9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GVG9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) GVG9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) GVG9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GVG9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GVG9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GVG9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) GVG9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) Pavillion Green GPV9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GPV9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GPV9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) GPV9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GPV9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GPV9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GPV9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GPV9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) GPV9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) GPV9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) GPV9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GPV9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GPV9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) Important Note Due to their shape Albert and Victoria mouldings are not recommended for use in areas subject to wall movement. It is also imperative that care is taken when grouting these mouldings to ensure moisture cannot get into the back of them as this may cause the moulding to crack. 60 I Colours & Trims and Trims GPV9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GPV9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GPV9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) GPV9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) GPV9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GPV9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GPV9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GPV9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) GPV9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) Victorian Green E9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) E9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) E9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) E9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) E9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) E9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) E9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) E9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) E9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) E9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) E9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) E9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) E9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) E9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) E9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) E9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) E9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) E9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) E9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) E9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) E9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) E9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) Victorian Green tiles - special warning Victorian Green tiles have a copper-based glaze which is prone to discolouration by very mild acids often found in the home. To avoid such discolouration they should be cleaned only with pure water and should always be wiped dry immediately after cleaning. These tiles should never be used in wet areas such as showers, bath surrounds or basin splashbacks.

Aqua Source GAQ9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GAQ9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GAQ9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) GAQ9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GAQ9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GAQ9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GAQ9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GAQ9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) GAQ9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) GAQ9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) GAQ9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GAQ9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GAQ9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) C o l o u r s GAQ9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GAQ9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GAQ9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) GAQ9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) GAQ9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GAQ9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GAQ9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GAQ9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) GAQ9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) Baroque Blue GBB9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GBB9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GBB9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) GBB9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GBB9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GBB9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GBB9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GBB9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) GBB9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) GBB9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) GBB9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GBB9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GBB9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) and Trims GBB9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GBB9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GBB9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) GBB9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) GBB9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GBB9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GBB9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GBB9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) GBB9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) Important Note Due to their shape Albert and Victoria mouldings are not recommended for use in areas subject to wall movement. It is also imperative that care is taken when grouting these mouldings to ensure moisture cannot get into the back of them as this may cause the moulding to crack. Windsor Blue GWB9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GWB9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GWB9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) GWB9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GWB9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GWB9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GWB9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GWB9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) GWB9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) GWB9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) GWB9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GWB9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GWB9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GWB9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GWB9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GWB9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) GWB9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) GWB9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GWB9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GWB9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GWB9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) GWB9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) Colours & Trims I 61

Lilac Mist GLM9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GLM9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GLM9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) GLM9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GLM9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GLM9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GLM9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GLM9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) GLM9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) GLM9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) GLM9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GLM9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GLM9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) C o l o u r s GLM9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GLM9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GLM9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) GLM9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) GLM9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GLM9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GLM9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GLM9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) GLM9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) Oxford Blue GXB9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GXB9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GXB9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) GXB9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GXB9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GXB9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GXB9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GXB9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) GXB9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) GXB9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) GXB9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GXB9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GXB9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) and Trims GXB9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GXB9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GXB9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) GXB9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) GXB9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GXB9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GXB9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GXB9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) GXB9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) Important Note Due to their shape Albert and Victoria mouldings are not recommended for use in areas subject to wall movement. It is also imperative that care is taken when grouting these mouldings to ensure moisture cannot get into the back of them as this may cause the moulding to crack. 62 I Colours & Trims Royal Blue G9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) G9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) G9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) G9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) G9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) G9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) G9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) G9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) G9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) G9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) G9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) G9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) G9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) G9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) G9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) G9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) G9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) G9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) G9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) G9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) G9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) G9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”)

Burgundy F9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) F9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) F9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) F9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) F9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) F9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) F9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) F9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) F9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) F9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) F9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) F9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) F9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) C o l o u r s F9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) F9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) F9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) F9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) F9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) F9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) F9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) F9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) F9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) London Stone GLS9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GLS9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GLS9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) GLS9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GLS9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GLS9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) GLS9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GLS9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) GLS9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) GLS9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) GLS9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) GLS9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GLS9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) and Trims GLS9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) GLS9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GLS9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) GLS9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) GLS9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GLS9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) GLS9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) GLS9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) GLS9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) Important Note Due to their shape Albert and Victoria mouldings are not recommended for use in areas subject to wall movement. It is also imperative that care is taken when grouting these mouldings to ensure moisture cannot get into the back of them as this may cause the moulding to crack. Jet Black N9929 Plain Cornice 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) N9928 Hogarth 152mm x 38mm (6”x 1 1/2”) N9905 Dentil 152mm x 50mm (6”x 2”) N9902 Rope 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) N9911 External Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) N9910 Internal Corner Trim 152mm x 30mm (6”x 1 1/4”) N9924 Ribbon & Reed 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) N9921 Sigma 152mm x 26mm (6”x 1”) N9927 Astragal 152mm x 21mm (6”x 3/4”) N9909 Omega 152mm x 12mm (6”x 1/2”) N9925 Gothic Arch 152mm x 28mm (6”x 1 1/8”) N9926 Warwick 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) N9923 Scroll 152mm x 29mm (6”x 1 1/8”) N9900 Albert 152mm x 40mm (6”x 1 1/2”) N9901 Victoria 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) N9906 Egg & Dart 152mm x 65mm (6”x 2 1/2”) N9907 Wave 152mm x 60mm (6”x 2 3/8”) N9908 Adelaide 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) N9221 Rectangle 152mm x 25mm (6”x 1”) N9002 Half Field Tile 152mm x 75mm (6”x 3”) N9000 Field Tile 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) N9903 Skirting 152mm x 152mm (6”x 6”) Colours & Trims I 63

Profiles Our wide choice of special mouldings and borders enables you to achieve an attractive and professional finish. The detailed relief (as illustrated below) adds an eye-catching feature to any tiled area. Hogarth Dentil Rope 9928 9905 9902 Ribbon & Reed Sigma 9924 9921 Warwick 9926 Wave Adelaide Skirting 9907 9908 9903 To ensure a perfect finish to tiled areas we have created these half tiles with one rounded edge (either long edge or short edge), ideal for use on window sills, counter tops and any edge requiring a smart finish. 9005 REL Tile (Long Edge) 152mm x 75mm (6” x 3”) 9008 RES Tile (Short Edge)* 152mm x 75mm (6” x 3”) When ordering please prefix the REL code number (9005) with the relevant colour code letter e.g. E9005 Victorian Green REL tile. *RES (9008) only available in Brilliant White or Colonial White. External Corner Trim 9911 Plain Cornice 9929 Internal Corner Trim 9910 Astragal 9927 Omega 9909 Gothic Arch 9925 Scroll 9923 Albert 9900 Victoria 9901 Egg & Dart 9906 Carreaux aux bords arrondis Pour garantir une finition parfaite, nous avons conçu ces demi-carreaux avec un bord arrondi (bord long ou bord court), idéal pour les seuils de fenêtres, les plans de travail et tous les rebords où une finition élégante est nécessaire. Carreau 9005 REL (Bord Long) 152mm x 75mm Carreau 9008 RES (Bord Long) 152mm x 75mm Lorsque vous passez commande, veuillez faire précéder le code REL (9005) de la lettre du code couleur désiré, par ex. Carreau E9005 Victorian Green REL. *RES (9008) disponible uniquement en Brilliant White ou Colonial White. 64 I Colours & Trims Rounded Edge Tiles (REL or Bullnose and RES) Abgerundete Kantenfliesen Zur perfekten Einfassung von gefliesten Bereichen haben wir diese Halbfliesen mit einer abgerundeten Kante (längere oder kürzere Kante) entwickelt. Sie eignen sich ideal für die Verwendung an Fensterbänken, Arbeitsflächen und allen Kanten, die eine feine Einfassung benötigen. 9005 REL Fliese (Längere Kante) 152mm x 75mm 9008 RES Fliese (Kürzere Kante)* 152mm x 75mm Bitte geben Sie bei Ihrer Bestellung vor der Codenummer REL (9005) den entsprechenden Farbcode-Buchstaben an, wie z. B. E9005 Victorian Green REL-Fliese. *RES (9008) ist nur in den Farben Brilliant White oder Colonial White erhältlich. Afgeronde randtegels Voor de perfecte afwerking van tegeloppervlakken hebben we halve tegels met een afgeronde zijde (lange of korte zijde) ontwikkeld. Ideaal voor vensterbanken, aanrechten en alle randen die netjes moeten worden afgewerkt. 9005 REL Tile (lange zijde afgerond) 152mm x 75mm 9008 RES Tile (korte zijde afgerond)* 152mm x 75mm Zet bij uw bestelling de betreffende kleurcodeletter voor het RELcodenummer (9005), bijvoorbeeld E9005 Victorian Green REL. *RES (9008) alleen verkrijgbaar in Brilliant White en Colonial White. Important The reverse sides of mouldings are prone to variance. This does not affect fixing. Please note, we cannot guarantee that glaze will cover the side edges of the profiles shown above. Due to their shape Albert and Victoria mouldings are not recommended for use in areas subject to wall movement. It is also imperative that care is taken when grouting these mouldings to ensure moisture cannot get into the back of them as this may cause the moulding to crack. Rounded Edge Available in all colours Field Tile Field tile thickness 7mm ( 1/4”)

TL0113 45º Angle Block 90mm/3½” This handy 45º Angle Block is invaluable for cutting the internal and external 45º angle corners of the Plain Cornice moulding (code 9929), thus ensuring a professional finish. It needs to be used with an electric tile cutting machine with a minimum cutting depth of 75mm, or a carbide tile saw and mitre block (the Cornice moulding sits on top of the angle block and is placed inside the mitre block, then cut with the carbide tile saw). Please note that, as the angle block is made from Plaster of Paris it is water soluble and likely to only last for one or two installations. Always seek professional advice when using cutting equipment. For more details refer to the Fixing Guide www. orginalstyle.com/fixing.html TL0113 Bloc d’angle 45º 90mm Ce bloc d’angle pratique s’avère indispensable pour découper les coins d’angles internes et externes à 45o des moulures Plain Cornice (code 9929), garantissant ainsi une finition professionnelle. Il doit être utilisé avec un coupe-carreaux électrique d’une profondeur minimum de coupe de 75 mm, ou une scie à carreaux au carbure et une boîte à onglet (placez les moulures Cornice sur le bloc d’angle et à l’intérieur de la boîte à onglet, puis découpez avec la scie à carreaux au carbure). Veuillez noter que, comme le bloc d’angle est en plâtre de Paris, il est soluble dans l’eau et ne vous servira que pour une ou deux installations. Consultez toujours l’avis d’un professionnel lorsque vous utilisez du matériel de découpage. Pour de plus amples informations, veuillez vous reporter au Guide d’Installation sur www.originalstyle.com/fixing.html 45º Angle Block TL0113 45º Winkelblock 90mm Dieser handliche Winkelblock ist von unschätzbarem Wert, um beim Schneiden von 45°- Innen- und Außenecken für die Einfassung Plain Cornice (Code 9929) einen professionellen Abschluss zu gewährleisten. Zur Verwendung ist eine elektrische Fliesenschneidemaschine mit einer Mindestschneidetiefe von 77 mm oder eine Karbid-Fliesensäge mit Gehrungsblock nötig (der Cornice- Randleiste sitzt auf dem Winkelblock und wird in dem Gehrungsblock platziert und anschließend mit der Karbid-Fliesensäge geschnitten). Bitte beachten Sie, dass der Winkelblock, da er aus Gipsmörtel besteht, wasserlöslich und wahrscheinlich nur für eine oder zwei Installationen verwendbar ist. Fragen Sie stets einen Fachmann, wenn Sie Schneidinstrumente verwenden. Weitere Informationen finden Sie in der Installationsanweisung unter www.originalstyle.com/fixing.html TL0113 45º Angle Block 90mm Dit handige hoekblok is van onschatbare waarde bij het zagen van binnen- en buitenhoeken van 45° voor Plain Cornice-randen (code 9929) en zorgt voor een professionele afwerking. Het blok moet worden gebruikt in combinatie met een elektrische tegelsnijmachine met een minimale zaagdiepte van 75 mm of een hardmetalen tegelzaag en een verstekbak. (De lijst wordt geplaatst op het hoekblok dat in de verstekbak is gezet en dan in verstek gezaagd met de hardmetalen tegelzaag.) Het hoekblok is gemaakt van kalkmortel. Het is oplosbaar in water en gaat waarschijnlijk slechts een of twee klussen mee. Vraag altijd om professioneel advies bij het gebruik van zaagapparatuur. Raadpleeg de Fixing Guide (www.originalstyle.com/fixing.html) voor meer informatie. Colours & Trims I 65

B9901 Colonial White Victoria, B9926 Colonial White Warwick, B9000 Colonial White Field tile, GJB9909 Jade Breeze Omega, B9925 Colonial White Gothic Arch, GJB9002 Jade Breeze Half tile. GLM9900 Lilac Mist Albert, B9221 Colonial White Rectangle, GLM9927 Lilac Mist Astragal, B9000 Colonial White Field tile, 5976B Lilium Border, B9909 Colonial White Omega, GLM9002 Lilac Mist Half tile. F9928 Burgundy Hogarth, B9000 Colonial White Field tile, F9902 Burgundy Rope, 5973B Belle Epoque Tube Lined tile, F9924 Burgundy Ribbon and Reed, B9002 Colonial White Half tile. 66 I Tile Panels T i l e Panels A9900 Brilliant White Albert, GJB9909 Jade Breeze Omega, A9002 Brilliant White Half tile, GJB9023A Acanthus Jade Breeze, GJB9002 Jade Breeze Half tile A9900 Brilliant White Albert, GXB9221 Oxford Blue Rectangle, G9024A Hand Painted Love Knot, A9000 Brilliant White Field tile, GXB9002 Oxford Blue Half tile B9901 Colonial White Victoria, B9222 Colonial White Square, N9222 Jet Black Square (from Colourworks brochure), N9909 Jet Black Omega, B9000 Colonial White Field tile, B9902 Colonial White Rope, N9002 Jet Black Half tile. B9928 Colonial White Hogarth, B9002 Colonial White Half tile, GPV9923 Pavillion Green Scroll, B9000 Colonial White Field tile, GPV9927 Pavillion Green Astragal, GPV9923 Pavillion Green Scroll, GPV9002 Pavillion Green Half tile. G9928 Royal Blue Hogarth, A9926 Brilliant White Warwick, A9002 Brilliant White Half tile, G9921 Royal Blue Sigma, G9926 Royal Blue Warwick, G9002 Royal Blue Half tile. N9901 Jet Black Victoria, N9221 Jet Black Rectangle, A9221 Brilliant White Rectangle, A9000 Brilliant White Field tile, N9921 Jet Black Sigma, A9926 Brilliant White WarwickA9002 Brilliant White Half tile.

S9929 Regency Cream Plain Cornice, S9907 Regency Cream Wave, GAQ9909 Aqua Source Omega, S9002 Regency Cream Half tile, GAQ9924 Aqua Source Ribbon and Reed, S9000 Regency Cream Field tile. GMT9905 Mews Taupe Dentil, B9002 Colonial White Half tile, GMT9909 Mews Taupe Omega, B9926 Colonial White Warwick, B9002 Colonial White Field tile, GMT9003 Mews Taupe Skirting. A9902 Brilliant White Rope, GLS9221 London Stone Rectangle, A9927 Brilliant White Astragal, A9002 Brilliant White Half tile, A9905 Brilliant White Dentil, GLS9002 London Stone Half tile. T i l e Panels GPB9900 Palladian Beige Albert, B9000 Colonial White Field tile, GPB9923 Palladian Beige Scroll, B9909 Colonial White Omega, GPB9002 Palladian Beige Half tile, GPB9926 Palladian Beige Warwick, GPB9903 Palladian Beige Skirting. GER9928 Etruscan Rose Hogarth, B9002 Colonial White Half tile, GER9921 Etruscan Rose Sigma, B9902 Colonial White Rope, GER9000 Etruscan Rose Field tile. B9901 Colonial White Victoria, B9907 Colonial White Wave, B9000 Colonial White Field tile, B9927 Colonial White Astragal, B9902 Colonial White Rope, B9002 Colonial White Half tile. GJT9928 Sepia Hogarth, GIC9221 Ecru Rectangle, GJT9924 Sepia Ribbon and Reed, GIC9002 Ecru Half tile, GIC9909 Ecru Omega, GJT9925 Sepia Gothic Arch, GIC9000 Ecru Field tile. GNE9905 Antique Bronze Dentil, B9002 Colonial White Half tile, GNE9927 Antique Bronze Astragal, B9000 Colonial White Field tile, GNE9923 Antique Bronze Scroll, B9903 Colonial White Skirting. Here are just a few ideas for arranging and combining the different colours, patterns and mouldings. Tile Panels I 67

Shade Variation Shade variation is an inherent feature of the manufacturing process of Artworks wall tiles. We recommend that tiles are loosely laid out and blended prior to fixing to achieve the most pleasing distribution of shades. Differences between batches can be more marked, so for this reason we recommend that you buy all the tiles at one time. No liability for shading issues can be accepted after installation. Nominal Dimensions Throughout this brochure we quote nominal dimensions which are subject to slight variation within internationally accepted standards. Please note that as the mouldings are slip-cast not dust-pressed, the dimensions may vary. Where applicable, Original Style tiles are manufactured to conform to BS EN14411. Scratching As with all glazed surfaces, some wearing or scratching may occur over a period of time. Care should therefore be taken to select the proper tile for a given use. The wall tiles shown in this brochure are not recommended for surfaces subject to heavy wear. crazing Highly glazed ceramic tiles may craze with time, and no guarantee can be given against this occurrence. suitability Wall Tiles Artworks wall tiles are not suitable for work surfaces, floors or external use. They are suitable for interior walls only, including walls in wet rooms and showers. This excludes Victorian Green tiles, which have a copper-based glaze prone to discolouration by very mild acids often found in the home. To avoid such discolouration they should be cleaned only with pure water and should always be wiped dry immediately after cleaning. These tiles should never be used in wet areas such as showers, bath surrounds or basin splashbacks. Due to their shape Albert and Victoria mouldings are not recommended for use in areas subject to wall movement. It is also imperative that care is taken when grouting these mouldings to ensure moisture cannot get into the back of them as this may cause the moulding to crack. The reverse sides of mouldings are prone to variance. This does not affect fixing. We cannot guarantee that glaze will cover the side edges of the profiles on page 64. Floor tiles This brochure also includes floor mosaics. These are suitable for use on external and internal floors, including showers and wet rooms. Please refer to the Fixing Guide at www.originalstyle.com/fixing.html for more information. Victorian Floor tiles (shown throughout this brochure) are suitable for internal and external floors. For full details of dimensions, suitability and fixing instructions, please refer to the Victorian Floor Tiles Fixing Guide at www.originalstyle.com/ vft-fixing.html 68 I Important Information I Information m p o r t a n t How many tiles will you need? Nominal Tile Size* per square Per square metre foot Field tile 152 x152 x 7mm (6” x 6” x ¼”) 43 4 Half tile 152 x 75 x 7mm (6” x 3” x ¼”) 86 8 Floor mosaics 292 x 292 x 6mm (11½” x 11½” x ¼”) 11.7 1.09 292 x 310mm x 6mm (11½” x 12¼” x ¼”) 11 1 297 x 257 x 6mm (11¾” x 101/8” x ¼”) 13.1 1.2 297 x 297 x 6mm (11¾” x 11¾” x ¼”) 11.3 1.04 Nominal Tile Moulding Length* per linear metre Per linear foot Skirting 152mm (6”) 6.6 2 Based on a 2mm/ 1 /16” grout gap. Please allow 5 per cent extra for wastage. External Corners Available in left (L) and right (R) for a professional finish (in Brilliant White and Colonial White only). installation, adhesives and grouts It is important to use the correct adhesive to match the substrate. We recommend D1 or D2 wall tile adhesives for Artworks tiles and mouldings which are placed on plasterboard or plaster walls. For all other substrate a flexible cementbased adhesive may be required. Please consult your tile stockist or adhesive manufacturer for their advice. Always use high quality adhesives and grouts following manufacturers’ recommendations for their use and suitability for the type of tile, the application and the substrate being tiled. In all installations, seal joints with an impervious grout. If joints are not completely watertight, moisture can be absorbed into the tile body causing stains to show through the glaze. Use an average grout space of at least 2mm to allow for variations in tile dimensions. When installing in power showers, Epoxy grout must be used. Do not install Original Style tiles directly into wet cement or sand and cement. It is imperative to follow grout and adhesive manufacturers’ instructions regarding their suitability with our products. If in doubt please consult the grout/adhesive stockist from whom you purchased the products. Original Style makes no representations as to the fitness for purpose of third party adhesives and grouts. Sealing Joints In all installations, especially shower cubicles, joints should be sealed with an impervious grout such as BAL Supergrout or an epoxy type. Joints between tiles and shower trays should be sealed with silicone sealant. If joints are not completely watertight moisture can be absorbed into the tile body causing stains to show through the translucent glaze. Silicone expansion joints should be incorporated under Victorian dados.

Fixing Moulded Tiles to Outside Corners To fix cornice and other moulded tiles to an outside corner one end of the tile must be carefully mitred at 45° with carborundum or a diamond edged saw. This has the effect of shortening the surface of the tile in contact with the wall. Victoria mouldings Victoria mouldings should not be used on any wooden surfaces due to thermal expansion of the wood which may crack the moulding. Gold and Platinum omega mouldings Gold (GOLD9909) and Platinum (PLAT9909) omega mouldings are faced with a plastic film to protect the metallic finish during installation. These mouldings should be adhered in the same way as other mouldings but with the film facing outwards. Do not remove the film until after grouting has been completed and the entire installation has been thoroughly cleaned to remove any grout residue and dust. When all the surfaces are completely dry, the film can be carefully peeled away. Masterpiece Tiles and Frames It is recommended that Original Style Masterpiece tiles and frames are installed by an experienced professional tiler. Masterpiece tiles should be handled with extreme care at all times. Each tile weighs up to 5.5kg (12lb) and could cause personal injury if dropped. Masterpiece tiles have a water absorption capacity of less than 3 per cent. It is important to follow the adhesive manufacturers’ instructions at all times. Cleaning Original Style Masterpiece tiles should be rinsed with clean water and wiped off with a soft, dry cloth in exactly the same way as normal glazed wall tiles. For full fixing instructions, please refer to the Masterpiece Tiles and Frames section in the Original Style Fixing Guide at www.originalstyle.com/fixing.html In the USA please follow the recommendations of a reputable adhesive manufacturer and always comply with American National Standards Institute (ANSI) specifications as set out in the Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation published by the Tile Council of America. Useful links: www.ctoa.org www.tileusa.com Photography Owing to variations in studio lighting and printing inks, the tile colours shown in this brochure may differ slightly from those of the actual tiles. It is always advisable to ask your Original Style supplier to show you a sample. I Information m p o r t a n t Limits of Liability Original Style accepts no liability for the faulty installation of its products. In the case of any claim relating to the tiles themselves, Original Style’s liability, to the extent permitted by law, is limited to either the replacement of the product or a refund of the cost of the product, and does not extend to cover any consequential loss. Claims must be reported within seven working days from receipt of the tiles. Tiles must be inspected prior to installation and claims cannot be considered after the tiles have been installed. Please be advised that installation constitutes acceptance of the quality, colour, size, texture and shade of the tiles. Original Style warrants that its tiles conform to their description and are fit for their purpose. Original Style makes no other express or implied warranty as to fitness or suitability of the products for particular installations. We extend no guarantees, express or implied, as to wear resistance or maintenance procedures. Please note the use of certain acid based cleaning products may cause some of the tiles to react and change in character. Acknowledgements We are very grateful to the following companies for their assistance with the photographic settings: Amos Lighting www.amoslighting.co.uk Antique Bathrooms of Ivybridge www.antiquebaths.com Bristan www.bristan.com Chadder & Co www.chadder.com Debenhams www.debenhams.com Eclectique www.eclectique.co.uk Fagins Antiques www.faginsantiques.com Furniture Village www.furniturevillage.co.uk Habitat www.habitat.com John Lewis www.johnlewis.com Laura Ashley www.lauraashley.com Merchant House Antiques www.merchanthouseantiques.co.uk Next www.next.co.uk Orange Tree www.theorangetree.co.uk Pilgrim Antiques www.pilgrimantiques.co.uk Reflections Bathrooms +44 (0) 1392 204529 Samuel Heath www.samuel-heath.com Totnes Tile Studio +44 (0) 1803 865865 UKBW www.ukbw.com Some photography reproduced in this brochure is courtesy of Horus S.A. www.horusfrance.com Important Information I 69

Variation de teinte I N F Essentielles O R M AT I O N S La variation de teinte est une caractéristique inhérente au processus de fabrication du carrelage mural Artworks. Nous vous recommandons d’étaler les carreaux et de les agencer avant de les fixer, afin de répartir les différentes teintes de la manière la plus harmonieuse. Les différences sont plus marquées d’un lot à l’autre, ainsi nous vous recommandons vivement d’acheter tous les carreaux en une seule fois. Nous n’accepterons aucune responsabilité pour les problèmes liés à la teinte une fois les carreaux installés. Dimensions nominales Tout au long de cette brochure, nous indiquons les dimensions nominales qui peuvent être sujettes à de légères variations, mais toujours dans la limite des normes internationales en vigueur. Veuillez noter que, comme les moulures sont coulés en barbotine et non pressés à sec, les dimensions pourront présenter des variations. Les carreaux Original Style sont fabriqués en conformité avec la norme BS EN14411, dans tous les cas où cette norme s’applique. Rayures Comme pour toutes les surfaces vitrifiées, les carreaux peuvent s’user ou se rayer avec le temps. Soyez donc vigilants de choisir les carreaux qui correspondent le mieux à l’usage que vous en ferez. Les carrelages muraux présentés dans cette brochure ne conviennent pas à des surfaces sujets à une usure intense. Craquelures Les carreaux en céramique fortement vitrifiés peuvent se craqueler au fil du temps. Nous ne pouvons offrir aucune garantie contre cette éventualité. Usage Carrelages muraux Les carrelages muraux Artworks ne conviennent pas pour les surfaces de travail, les sols ou l’usage extérieur. Ils conviennent uniquement à une pose murale en intérieur, y compris dans les salles de bains et les douches, sauf pour les carreaux Victorian Green, dont l’émail à base de cuivre est susceptible de se décolorer sous l’effet des acides couramment utilisés dans les maisons. Pour éviter une telle décoloration, ces carreaux doivent être lavés à l’eau pure uniquement et doivent toujours être séchés immédiatement après lavage. Ces carreaux ne doivent jamais être posés dans des endroits humides, dans une douche, autour d’une baignoire ou comme dosseret d’évier. A cause de leur forme, les moulures Albert et Victoria ne sont pas recommandées pour une utilisation dans des emplacements où les parois sont susceptibles de bouger. Il est aussi impératif, lors du jointement de ces moulures, de s’assurer que l’humidité ne pourra s’infiltrer par derrière, sinon les moulures risquent de se lézarder au fil du temps. Le dos des moulures est susceptible de varier. Cela n’affecte en rien la pose. Notez que nous ne pouvons garantir que les bords latéraux des profils illustrés en page 64 seront émaillés. Carreaux de sol Cette brochure comprend aussi des mosaïques pour sol. Celles-ci peuvent être utilisées sur les sols intérieurs et extérieurs, y compris les douches et les salles de bain. Veuillez vous référer au Guide d’installation sur www.originalstyle.com/ fixing.html pour de plus amples informations. Les carreaux de sol Victorian (illustrés tout au long de cette brochure) sont aussi utilisables sur sols intérieurs et extérieurs. Pour des informations complètes concernant les dimensions, l’usage et les instructions d’installation, veuillez vous reporter au Guide d’installation des carreaux de sol Victorian sur www.originalstyle.com/vft-fixing.html 70 I Important Information De combien de carreaux aurez-vous besoin ? Taille nominale du carreau* par mètre carré Carreau entier 152 x152 x 7mm 43 Demi-carreau 152 x 75 x 7mm 86 Mosaïques pour sol 292 x 292 x 6mm 11,7 292 x 310 x 6mm 11 297 x 257 x 6mm 13,1 297 x 297 x 6mm 11,3 Longueur nominale du moulage des carreaux* par mètre linéaire Plinthe 152mm 6,6 En prenant en compte un écart de joint de 2mm. Prévoyez 5% supplémentaires pour compte des pertes. Angles externes Disponible en gauche (L) et droit (R) pour une finition professionnelle (en Brilliant White ou Colonial White seulement). Installation, colles et joints Il est important d’utiliser une colle appropriée qui correspondra au subjectile. Nous recommandons des colles D1 ou D2 pour carreaux muraux pour les carreaux et les moulures Artworks qui seront appliqués sur des murs en plâtre ou Placoplatre. Pour tout autre subjectile, une colle flexible à base de ciment sera probablement nécessaire. Veuillez demander conseil auprès de votre revendeur de carreaux ou fabricant de colles. Veillez à toujours utiliser une colle et un cimentjoint de haute qualité et à suivre les recommandations du fabricant concernant leur utilisation, le type de carreaux auquel ils sont adaptés, leur application et le subjectile sur lequel les carreaux seront installés. Pour toute installation, assurezvous de poser des joints étanches. Si les joints ne sont pas complètement étanches, les carreaux risqueront d’absorber l’humidité, ce qui fera apparaître des taches à travers l’émail. Veillez à ce que l’écart de joint soit de 2 mm en moyenne, au cas où la dimension des carreaux présente de légères variations. Si les carreaux sont installés dans une douche multi-jets, vous devez utiliser un joint Époxy. N’installez pas les carreaux Original Style directement sur du ciment frais ou un mélange de sable et de ciment frais. Il est impératif de suivre les instructions des fabricants de colles et de cimentsjoints afin d’en vérifier la compatibilité avec nos produits. En cas de doute, consultez le revendeur qui vous aura fourni la colle ou le ciment-joint. Original Style n’assumera aucune responsabilité en ce qui concerne la compatibilité ou l’usage de colles et de ciments-joints tiers. Joints d’étanchéité Dans toutes les installations, et en particulier dans les cabines de douche, il est recommandé d’étanchéiser les joints avec un enduit étanche tel que BAL Supergrout ou un enduit de type Epoxy. Pour les joints entre les carreaux et le bac à douche, il est conseillé d’utiliser un agent d’étanchéité à base de silicone. Si les joints ne sont pas complètement étanches, les carreaux risqueront d’absorber l’humidité, ce qui fera apparaître des taches à travers l’émail translucide. Enfin, des joints de dilatation en silicone doivent être incorporés sous les plinthes Victorian.

Poser des carreaux moulés sur des angles saillants I N F Essentielles O R M AT I O N S Pour poser les corniches et autres carreaux moulés sur un angle saillant, l’une des extrémités du carreau devra être délicatement biseautée à 45° avec du carborundum ou une scie diamantée. Cela aura pour effet de réduire la surface du carreau en contact avec la paroi. Moulures Victoria Il est fortement déconseillé de poser les moulures Victoria sur des surfaces en bois car l’expansion thermique du bois risque de craqueler les moulures. Moulures Omega Gold et Platinum Les moulures Omega Gold (GOLD9909) et Platinum (PLAT9909) sont recouvertes d’un film plastique pour en protéger la finition métallique au cours de l’installation. Ces moulures doivent être posées de la même manière que les autres moulures mais en vous assurant que le film se trouve sur la face supérieure. Retirez le film une fois seulement que tous les joints ont été posés et que l’installation complète a été entièrement nettoyée pour retirer tout résidu de ciment-joint et de poussière. Une fois que toutes les surfaces sont complètement sèches, le film peut être retiré avec soin. Carreaux et supports masterpiece Nous vous recommandons de faire installer les carreaux et supports Original Style Masterpiece par un carreleur professionnel et expérimenté. Les carreaux Masterpiece doivent toujours être manipulés avec le plus grand soin. Chaque carreau peut peser jusqu’à 5,5 kg. Si une personne fait tomber l’un de ces carreaux, elle risquera de se blesser. La capacité d’absorption d’eau des carreaux Masterpice est moins de 3%. Il est impératif de suivre les instructions du fabriquant de colle à tout instant. Nettoyage Les carreaux Original Style Masterpiece doivent être rincés à l’eau propre et séchés avec un chiffon doux et sec, de la même manière que les carreaux émaillés ordinaires. Pour des instructions complètes concernant l’installation, veuillez vous reporter à la section Carreaux et Supports Masterpiece du Guide d’installation d’Original Style sur www.originalstyle.com/fixing.html Si vous vous trouvez aux Etats-Unis, veuillez suivre les recommandations d’un fabricant de colles réputé et conformez-vous toujours aux spécifications de l’American National Standards Institute (ANSI), décrites dans le Manuel pour l’installation de carreaux en céramique (Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation) publié par le Tile Council of America. Liens utiles : www.ctoa.org, www.tileusa.com. Photographies L’éclairage en studio et les encres utilisées pour l’impression peuvent affecter la couleur des carreaux présentés dans ce catalogue. Avant de passer commande, il est toujours préférable de vous procurer des échantillons auprès d’un revendeur Original Style. Limitation de responsabilité Original Style dégage toute responsabilité en cas d’installation incorrecte de ses produits. En cas de réclamation relative aux carreaux eux-mêmes, la responsabilité d’Original Style sera confinée, dans la limite autorisée par la loi, au remplacement du produit ou au remboursement du prix du produit, et ne couvre pas les dommages indirects. Toute réclamation doit être effectuée dans les sept jours suivant la réception des carreaux. Les carreaux doivent être inspectés avant installation. Aucune réclamation ne sera prise en compte une fois les carreaux installés. Notez que l’installation du carrelage constitue l’acceptation de la qualité, de la couleur, de la taille, de la texture et de la teinte des carreaux. Original Style garantit que ses carreaux sont conformes au descriptif fourni et qu’ils sont adaptés à l’usage pour lequel ils sont prévus. Original Style ne formule aucune garantie expresse ou implicite supplémentaire vis-à-vis de l’adéquation ou de la compatibilité de ses produits dans des installations spécifiques. Nous ne formulons aucune garantie, expresse ou implicite, vis-à-vis de la résistance à l’usure ou des procédures d’entretien. Veuillez noter que l’utilisation de certains produits nettoyants à base d’acide peut provoquer des réactions sur certains carreaux et en modifier les caractéristiques. Important Information I 71

Schattenvariation Schattenvariation ist eine Eigenschaft im Herstellungsprozess der Artworks- Wandfliesen. Wir empfehlen, die Fliesen vor der Anbringung lose auszulegen und so zu mischen, dass der angenehmste Schattenwurf entsteht. Unterschiede zwischen einzelnen Chargen können sogar noch deutlicher ausfallen. Aus diesem Grund empfehlen wir dringend, dass Sie alle Fliesen auf einmal kaufen. Wir können keine Haftung für eventuelle Farbprobleme nach der Installation übernehmen. Sollmasse In dieser Broschüre geben wir Sollmaße an, die leichten Abweichungen innerhalb international anerkannter Normen unterliegen. Da unsere Formen per Schlickerguss und nicht durch Trockenpressen hergestellt werden, können die Maße leicht variieren. Sofern anwendbar werden Fliesen von Original Style gemäß dem Standard BS EN14411 hergestellt. Kratzer Wie bei allen glasierten Oberflächen können mit der Zeit Anzeichen von Abnutzung und leichte Kratzer auftreten. Daher ist es wichtig, von vornherein die richtige Fliese für den jeweiligen Einsatz zu wählen. Die in dieser Broschüre abgebildeten Wandfliesen eignen sich nicht für stark belastete Oberflächen. Risse Stark glasierte Keramikfliesen können mit der Zeit Risse bekommen und wir können in dieser Hinsicht keine Gewähr übernehmen. Eignung Wandfliesen Artworks-Wandfliesen eignen sich nicht für Arbeitsflächen, Böden oder den Außenbereich. Sie sind nur für Innenwände geeignet, einschließlich Wänden in Feuchträumen und Duschen. Davon ausgenommen sind die Fliesen der Serie Victorian Green, deren kupferbasierte Glasur durch die oft im Haushalt zu findenden milden Säuren ausgefärbt werden kann. Um eine derartige Ausfärbung zu vermeiden, sollten sie nur mit klarem Wasser gesäubert und nach dem Säubern sofort trockengewischt werden. Diese Fliesen sollten niemals in feuchten Bereichen wie Duschen, Badumgebungen oder als Beckenspritzschutz verwendet werden. Aufgrund ihrer Form ist es nicht empfehlenswert, die Einfassungen Albert und Victoria in Bereichen mit Wandbewegung anzubringen. Außerdem ist beim Ausfugen dieser Einfassungen Vorsicht geboten, um sicherzustellen, dass keine Feuchtigkeit zurück in die Einfassung gelangt, da sie dadurch platzen kann. Die Rückseiten der Einfassungen können voneinander abweichen. Dies hat keine Auswirkung auf die Anbringung. Wir können nicht garantieren, dass die Glasur die Seitenkanten des auf Seite 64 gezeigten Profils abdeckt. Bodenfliesen In dieser Broschüre finden Sie auch Bodenmosaike. Sie sind für die Verwendung auf Außen- und Innenböden geeignet, einschließlich Duschen und Feuchträumen. Weitere Informationen finden Sie in der Installationsanweisung unter www.originalstyle.com/fixing.html Bodenfliesen Victorian (in der gesamten Broschüre zu finden) eignen sich für Böden im Innen- und Außenbereich. Ausführliche Details zu Größen, Eignung und Installationsanweisungen finden Sie in der Installationsanweisung für Victorian- Bodenfliesen unter www.originalstyle.com/vft-fixing.html 72 I Important Information Informationen W I C H T I G E Wie viele fliesen brauchen sie? Nennmaße der Fliese* pro Quadratmeter Fliese (Field-Tile) 152 x152 x 7mm 43 Halbfliese 152 x 75 x 7mm 86 Bodenmosaike 292 x 292 x 6mm 11,7 292 x 310 x 6mm 11 297 x 257 x 6mm 13,1 297 x 297 x 6mm 11,3 Genormte Länge der Bordüre* pro lfd. Meter Randfliese 152mm 6,6 Basierend auf einer Fugenbreite von 2mm. Bitte rechnen Sie 5 Prozent zusätzlich als Verbrauch ein. Außenecken Erhältlich in links (L) und rechts (R) für einen professionellen Abschluss (nur in Brilliant White und Colonial White). Installation, kleber und fugen Es ist wichtig, den für den Bodenuntergrund passenden Fliesenkleber zu verwenden. Für Fliesen und Einfassungen von Artworks, die auf Gipskartonplatten oder Wandputz geklebt werden, empfehlen wir Wandfliesenkleber D1 oder D2. Für alle anderen Böden ist gegebenenfalls ein flexibler, zementbasierter Kleber erforderlich. Bitte fragen Sie Ihren Fliesenhändler oder Kleberhersteller um Rat. Verwenden Sie immer hochwertige Kleber und Fugenmasse. Folgen Sie den Anweisungen des Herstellers bezüglich Verwendung und Eignung für bestimmte Fliesenarten, Einsatzbereiche und Substräte. In jedem Fall sind die Fugen mit einer wasserdichten Fugenmasse abzudichten. Wenn die Fugen nicht vollständig wasserdicht sind, kann Feuchtigkeit in den Fliesenträger eindringen und Verfärbungen der Glasur verursachen. Die Fugenbreite muss mindestens 2mm betragen, um Unterschiede in den Fliesenabmessungen ausgleichen zu können. Bei der Installation in druckverstärkten Duschen ist Epoxid zu verwenden. Bringen Sie Fliesen von Original Style nicht direkt auf feuchtem Zement oder Sand und Zement an. Es ist unerlässlich, die Anweisungen der Fugenmasse- und Fliesenkleberhersteller zur Eignung für unsere Produkte zu befolgen. Bitte wenden Sie sich im Zweifelsfall an den Fugenmasse-/Kleberhändler, bei dem Sie die Produkte gekauft haben. Original Style äußert sich nicht zur Gebrauchstauglichkeit von Klebern und Fugenmasse von Drittanbietern. Dichtungsfugen Bei allen Installationen, besonders in Duschkabinen, sollten Fugen mit einer wasserdichten Fugenmasse wie BAL Supergrout oder einer Epoxid- Fugenmasse verfugt werden. Fugen zwischen Fliesen und Duschwannen sollten mit Silikondichtmasse verfugt werden. Sind die Fugen nicht vollkommen wasserdicht, kann Feuchtigkeit in den Fliesenboden eindringen und auf den lichtdurchlässigen Fliesen Flecken verursachen. Unter den Victorian-Nuten sollten Silikondehnungsfugen angebracht werden.

Geformte Fliesen an Außenecken anbringen Um Randleisten und andere geformte Fliesen an einer Außenecke anzubringen, muss ein Ende der Fliese sorgfältig mit einem Karborund oder einer Diamantsäge auf 45° gegehrt werden. Dadurch verkürzt sich die Oberfläche der Fliese, die Kontakt mit der Wand hat. Victoria-Einfassungen Victoria-Einfassungen sollten nicht auf hölzernen Oberflächen verwendet werden, da die Einfassung aufgrund der Wärmeausdehnung des Holzes platzen kann. Einfassungen Gold und Platinum omega Gold (GOLD9909) und Platinum (PLAT9909) omega- Einfassungen sind mit einer Kunststofffolie überzogen, um die metallisch Oberfläche bei der Installation zu schützen. Diese Einfassungen sollten auf dieselbe Weise angebracht werden wie andere Einfassungen, doch sollte die Folie stets nach außen liegen. Entfernen Sie die Folie erst nach dem Verfugen und nachdem die gesamte Installation sorgfältig von Fugenmasseresten und Staub gesäubert wurde. Die Folie kann sorgfältig abgezogen werden, wenn alle Oberflächen vollständig trocken sind. Fliesen und rahmen der serie masterpiece Wir empfehlen, Fliesen und Rahmen der Serie Original Style Masterpiece nur von einem erfahrenen Fliesenleger legen zu lassen. Masterpiece-Fliesen sollten jederzeit mit äußerster Sorgfalt behandelt werden. Jede Fliese wiegt bis zu 5,5 kg. Sie können sich verletzen, wenn Sie eine Fliese fallen lassen. Masterpiece-Fliesen haben eine Wasseraufnahmekapazität von weniger aps 3 Prozent. Es ist wichtig, jederzeit die Anweisungen des Fliesenkleberherstellers zu befolgen. Reinigung Original Style Masterpiece-Fliesen sollten wie normale glasierte Wandfliesen mit sauberem Wasser abgespült und mit einem weichen, trockenen Tuch abgewischt werden. Ausführliche Installationsanweisungen finden Sie im Abschnitt Fliesen und Rahmen der Serie Masterpiece in der Installationsanweisung von Original Style unter www.originalstyle.com/fixing.html Wenn Sie in den USA wohnen, dann folgen Sie den Anweisungen eines renommierten Kleberherstellers und beachten Sie dabei immer die Spezifikationen des amerikanischen staatlichen Normenverbands (ANSI), wie sie im Handbuch für die Installation von Keramikfliesen vorgeschrieben sind, das vom Tile Council of America herausgegeben wurde. Nützliche Webseiten sind: www.ctoa.org, www.tileusa.com. Informationen W I C H T I G E Fotografie Aufgrund von Abweichungen bei der Studiobeleuchtung und Druckfarben, können die Fliesenfarben, die in dieser Broschüre dargestellt sind, leicht von den Farben der tatsächlichen Fliesen abweichen. Bevor Sie Ihre Auswahl treffen, sollten Sie zuvor immer einen Einzelhändler für Original Style nach Mustern fragen. Haftungsbeschränkungen Original Style übernimmt für die fehlerhafte Installation seiner Fliesen keine Haftung. Sollte es Reklamationen bezüglich der Fliesen selbst geben, dann beschränkt sich die gesetzlich eingeräumte Haftung von Original Style lediglich auf den Artikelaustausch oder Kostenrückerstattung. Reklamationen müssen innerhalb von sieben Arbeitstagen nach Erhalt der Fliesen erfolgen. Fliesen müssen vor der Installation kontrolliert werden. Eine Reklamation nach der Installation ist nicht möglich. Bitte beachten Sie, dass Sie mit der Installation die Qualität, Farbgebung, Textur oder Schattierung sowie das Format der Fliesen akzeptieren und keine Beanstandungen anzeigen. Original Style gewährleistet die Beschreibungs- und zweckgemäße Fabrikationsausführung der Fliesen. Original Style gibt keine weiteren ausdrücklichen oder impliziten Garantien hinsichtlich Eignung der Artikel für besondere Installationsarten. Wir geben weder ausdrücklich noch implizit eine Garantieverlängerung auf Abnutzungsverhalten oder Wartungsarbeiten. Beachten Sie bitte, dass die Fliesen bei Verwendung von säurebasierten Reinigungsmitteln reagieren und ihr Aussehen verändern können. Important Information I 73

Kleurnuances B E L Informatie A N G R I J K E Uiteenlopende kleurnuances zijn een inherente eigenschap van het productieproces van Artworks-muurtegels. We raden aan dat de tegels losjes worden neergelegd en gemengd voordat ze worden aangebracht. Zo krijgt u de mooiste verdeling van de kleurnuances. De verschillen tussen partijen kunnen duidelijker zichtbaar zijn. We raden u daarom aan alle tegels tegelijk te bestellen. We zijn niet aansprakelijk voor problemen met de kleurnuancering na het aanbrengen. Nominale afmetingen In deze hele brochure vermelden we nominale afmetingen, die geringe variaties kunnen vertonen binnen internationaal geaccepteerde normen. Omdat de profielen zijn gegoten en niet geperst, kunnen de afmetingen verschillen. Original Style-tegels worden, indien van toepassing, geproduceerd volgens de BS EN 14411-norm. Krassen Zoals bij alle geglazuurde oppervlakken, kunnen er na verloop van tijd slijtage en krassen ontstaan. Kies daarom zorgvuldig de juiste tegel voor een bepaalde toepassing. De muurtegels in deze brochure zijn niet aanbevolen voor oppervlakken die onderhevig zijn aan zware slijtage. Craquelé Sterk geglazuurde keramische tegels kunnen na verloop van tijd craquelé gaan vertonen. We kunnen dienaangaande geen enkele garantie bieden. Toepasselijkheid Muurtegels Artworks-muurtegels zijn niet geschikt voor werkoppervlakken, vloeren en buitengebruik. Ze zijn uitsluitend geschikt voor binnenmuren, waaronder muren in natte ruimten en douches. Dit geldt niet voor Victorian Green-tegels. Deze tegels hebben een glazuur op koperbasis, waardoor ze kunnen verkleuren door huishoudmiddelen die lichte zuren bevatten. Om verkleuring te voorkomen, moeten ze uitsluitend worden gereinigd met zuiver water en direct na reiniging worden afgedroogd. Deze tegels mogen nooit worden gebruikt in natte ruimten, zoals douches, rondom het bad en achter het aanrecht. Vanwege hun vorm zijn de profielen Albert en Victoria niet aanbevolen voor gebruik op muuroppervlakken met speling. Deze profielen moeten ook beslist zorgvuldig worden gevoegd om ervoor te zorgen dat er geen water achter kan komen, waardoor de profielen zouden kunnen barsten. De achterzijde van profielen kan vormvariatie vertonen. Dit is niet van invloed op het zetten. We kunnen niet garanderen dat de zijkanten van de profielen op pagina 64 met glazuur zijn bedekt. Vloertegels Deze brochure bevat ook mozaïektegels voor op de vloer. Deze tegels zijn geschikt voor binnen- en buitenvloeren, waaronder die van douches en natte ruimten. Raadpleeg de Fixing Guide (www.originalstyle.com/fixing.html) voor meer informatie. De Victorian-vloertegels die overal in deze brochure worden getoond zijn geschikt voor binnen- en buitenvloeren. Raadpleeg de Victorian Floor Tiles Fixing Guide (www.originalstyle.com/fixing.html) voor alle informatie over afmetingen, geschiktheid en tegelinstructies. www.originalstyle.com/vft-fixing.html 74 I Important Information Hoeveel tegels hebt u nodig? Nominale tegelafmetingen* Per vierkante meter Basistegel 152 x 152 x 7mm 43 Halve tegel 152 x 75 x 7mm 86 Mozaïektegels voor op de vloer 292 x 292 x 6mm 11,7 292 x 310 x 6mm 11 297 x 257 x 6mm 13,1 297 x 297 x 6mm 11,3 Nominale lengte profieltegels* per strekkende meter Plinttegel 152mm 6,6 Gebaseerd op een voegbreedte van 2mm. Houdt u rekening met 5% snijverlies en breuk. Buitenhoeken Verkrijgbaar in links (L) en rechts (R) voor een professionele afwerking (alleen verkrijgbaar in Brilliant White en Colonial White). Aanbrengen, lijmen en voegmiddelen Het is van belang dat u lijm gebruikt die geschikt is voor een bepaalde ondergrond. Voor het aanbrengen van Artworks-tegels en -profielen op muren van gipsplaat of gepleisterde muren raden we muurtegellijm van klasse D1 of D2 aan. Voor alle andere ondergronden kan een flexibele lijm op cementbasis vereist zijn. Vraag uw tegelspecialist of de lijmfabrikant om advies. Gebruik altijd lijm en voegmiddel van hoge kwaliteit en volg de richtlijnen van de fabrikant inzake gebruik en geschiktheid voor het type tegel, de toepassing en de ondergrond die wordt betegeld. Gebruik voor alle klussen een waterdicht voegmiddel. Indien de voegen niet volledig waterdicht zijn, kunnen de tegels vocht opzuigen en kunnen er vlekken achter het glazuur verschijnen. Gebruik een gemiddelde voegbreedte van minimaal 2mm om de verschillen in de afmetingen van de tegels op te vangen. Gebruik voor tegels in een power shower een voegmiddel op epoxybasis. Breng Original Style-tegels nooit direct aan op nat cement of een natte mortel van zand en cement. Volg beslist de instructies van de fabrikanten van de voegmiddelen en lijmen op inzake hun geschiktheid voor onze producten. Raadpleeg in geval van twijfel de voegmiddelen- of lijmspecialist bij wie u de producten hebt gekocht. Original Style staat niet in voor de geschiktheid en doelmatigheid van lijmen en voegmiddelen van derden. Voegen Gebruik voor alle klussen, en met name in douchecabines, een waterdicht voegmiddel, zoals BAL Supergrout of een voegmiddel op epoxybasis. De naden tussen tegels en douchebakken moeten worden afgedicht met siliconenkit. Indien de voegen niet volledig waterdicht zijn, kunnen de tegels vocht opzuigen en kunnen er vlekken achter het doorschijnende glazuur verschijnen. Onder Victorian-plinten moeten expansievoegen van siliconenkit worden aangebracht.

Profieltegels op buitenhoeken aanbrengen Om lijsttegels en andere profieltegels op een buitenhoek aan te brengen, moet een zijde van de tegel zorgvuldig in een hoek van 45° worden gezaagd met een carborundum- of diamantzaag. Hierdoor wordt het tegeloppervlak dat contact maakt met de muur korter. Victoria-profielen Victoria-profielen moeten niet worden gebruikt op een houten oppervlak. De profielen kunnen barsten door het uitzetten en krimpen van het hout. Gold en Platinum omegaprofielen B E L Informatie A N G R I J K E Gold (GOLD9909) en Platinum (PLAT9909) omega-profielen zijn bedekt met plasticfolie om de metalliclaag tijdens het aanbrengen te beschermen. Deze profielen moeten net zo worden verlijmd als andere profielen, maar dan met het plasticfolie naar buiten. Verwijder het folie pas als de tegels zijn gevoegd, al het werk grondig is gereinigd en al het achterblijvende voegmiddel en stof is verwijderd. Als alle oppervlakken volledig droog zijn, kan het folie voorzichtig worden verwijderd. Masterpiece-tegels en lijsten Het wordt aanbevolen dat Original Style Masterpiece-tegels en lijsten worden aangebracht door een ervaren professionele tegelzetter. Masterpiece-tegels moeten altijd met de grootste voorzichtigheid worden gehanteerd. Een tegel kan tot 5,5 kg wegen en persoonlijk letsel veroorzaken als hij valt. Masterpiece-tegels hebben een waterabsorptie capaciteit van minder dan 3%. De instructies van de lijmfabrikant moeten altijd worden gevolgd. Reinigen Original Style Masterpiece-tegels moeten, net als normale geglazuurde muurtegels, worden afgespoeld met schoon water en worden afgedroogd met een zachte, droge doek. Raadpleeg het onderdeel Masterpiece Tiles and Frames van de Original Style Fixing Guide (www.originalstyle.com/fixing.html) voor volledige tegelinstructies. Volg in de Verenigde Staten de aanbevelingen van een betrouwbare lijmfabrikant en werk altijd conform de specificaties van de American National Standards Institute (ANSI) zoals beschreven in het Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation dat is gepubliceerd door de Tile Council of America. Nuttige links: www.ctoa.org, www.tileusa.com. Fotomateriaal Door kleine verschillen in de studiobelichting en de drukinkten, kunnen de in deze brochure getoonde kleuren licht afwijken van de werkelijke kleuren van de tegels. Vraag uw Original Style-detailhandelaar altijd om u een monster te tonen. Beperking van aansprakelijkheid Original Style is niet aansprakelijk voor de onjuiste installatie van zijn producten. In het geval van enige claim in verband met de tegels zelf is de wettelijke aansprakelijkheid van Original Style voorzover maximaal is toegestaan op grond van toepasselijk recht beperkt tot het vervangen van het product of het terugbetalen van de kosten van het product. Original Style is in geen geval aansprakelijk voor gevolgschade of indirecte schade. Klachten moeten binnen zeven werkdagen na ontvangst van de tegels worden gemeld. De tegels moeten voor installatie worden gecontroleerd en claims worden niet meer in overweging genomen nadat de tegels zijn geïnstalleerd. Door installatie accepteert u de kwaliteit, kleur, maten, textuur en kleurnuances van de tegels. Original Style garandeert dat de tegels voldoen aan hun beschrijving en geschikt zijn voor hun doel. Original Style biedt geen andere uitdrukkelijke of impliciete garanties voor de geschiktheid of gepastheid van de producten voor specifieke installaties. We verlenen geen garanties, uitdrukkelijk noch impliciet, voor slijtagebestendigheid of onderhoudsprocedures. We wijzen u erop dat bepaalde zuurhoudende schoonmaakmiddelen kunnen reageren met sommige tegels en het karakter ervan kunnen wijzigen. Important Information I 75

V I C T O R I A N F L O O R T I L E S Original Style produces other ranges, including Ceramic tiles, Glass tiles, Stone and Victorian floor tiles. Please ask your retailer for copies of these brochures. Please return this brochure to your Original Style stockist after use. UK Sales: 01392 473000 Export Sales: +44 (0)1392 473001 Other Depts: +44 (0)1392 474011 Fax: +44 (0)1392 473003 Email: info@originalstyle.com Website: www.originalstyle.com The ‘Original Style’ logo is a registered trade mark of Original Style Ltd. Original Style Limited is registered in England number 3018117. Registered Office: Falcon Road, Sowton Industrial Estate, Exeter, Devon, England EX2 7LF Your Original Style stockist £2.00 €3.00 $3.50 AWORKS2/12/09 © Copyright Original Style 2009.

Victorian Floor Tiles Venuksen Kylpy

Our Victorian floor tiles feel comfortable underfoot and are certainly not cold to the touch, making them perfect for bathrooms and conservatories. They are also suitable for use with underfloor heating. Front cover: Blenheim pattern with Telford border. Top left: Dublin pattern with Galway border. Top right: Lambeth pattern with modified Wordsworth border. Above left: York pattern incorporating Cardigan decorated tiles. Above right: Inverlochy pattern. Opposite page: Gladstone decorated tiles with Scott border. Outside back cover: Inverlochy pattern with modified Tennyson border.

Victorian the splendour of Floors traditional Geometric floor tiles are part of Britain’s heritage and were used originally to ornament medieval churches and monasteries, and the homes of the aristocracy. Their popularity was enhanced in the 1830s when the young Queen Victoria came to the throne, and they soon became one of the hallmarks of the new Romantic Movement. Within a quarter of a century the popularity of the style could be seen in the furthest reaches of the British Empire: in 1886, it graced the billiard room and bar in Singapore’s splendid Raffles Hotel. Back in Britain, both plain and decorated tiles were used in every type of situation from porches in terraced houses to grand halls in castles (the classic design shown on page 7 was originally laid in Inverlochy Castle in 1863). Contents Victorian floor tile patterns .................. 4-31 Border patterns .............................. 32-35 Hand decorated tiles, borders & corners .. 36-45 Product guide .................................... 46 Specifications ...................................... 47 Important information ..................... 48-51 Free computer aided design database Interior designers and architects working with CAD (computer aided design) systems can obtain a free CAD database to help plan geometric pattern floors. It can be downloaded from our website at www.originalstyle.com/ cad. A CAD software program is required to run the CAD database. It will help you to: • Visualise floor tile layouts in their intended settings • Design tiling layouts from scratch • Experiment with different colour/ pattern/border combinations • Calculate tile quantities required Nostalgia for Victorian elegance led Original Style to recreate these classic floor tiles, using modern production methods combined with traditional clay and coloured stains. In the following pages you will find a selection of popular designs drawn from Victorian pattern books and also some original, more modern designs. But these are only a guide. Feel free to change colours or shapes in these patterns, or design your own – the permutations are endless! Victorian Floor Tiles I 3

Patterns Victorian Floor Tile Many of the patterns show throughout these pages have been recreated from authentic Victorian catalogues, some are from the Edwardian era, and others are typically Art Deco. Any one of these traditional patterns will add a timeless charm not only to any home but also to commercial and public spaces too. Our Victorian floor tiles are suitable for both interior and exterior use. The Blenheim pattern, shown here with Livingstone hand decorated tiles and Blue Telford border, evokes a feeling of grandeur for a path, entrance hall or terrace. Blenheim with Telford border Osborne with modified Browning border See pages 32-35 for details of borders. The colour combinations shown in the patterns above are intended as examples only. All of the named patterns and borders can be supplied in any combination of the colours shown on page 46. All imperial measurements are approximate. 4 I Victorian Floor Tiles Blenheim Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Square 6603V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Blue 11 Square 6103V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Red 64 Square 6203V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Buff 43 Triangle 6513V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Brown 85 Triangle 6413V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) White 43 Square 6265V 106x106mm (4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Livingstone Hand Decorated Blue 11 Osborne Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Square 6103V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Red 42 Square 6203V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Buff 28 Square 6703V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Green 18 Square 6603V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Blue 14 Square 6604V 106x106mm (4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Blue 4 Triangle 6414V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) White 28 Triangle 6214V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Buff 28 Triangle 6314V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Black 14 Triangle 6613V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Blue 14 Triangle 6113V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Red 14 Triangle 6313V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Black 56 Triangle 6413V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) White 28

Above: Blenheim pattern in Blue, Red, Buff, Brown and White, incorporating Livingstone decorated tiles, with Blue Telford border.

Above: Inverlochy pattern in Buff, Red, Blue, Black and White, with Keats border in Buff and Red. Opposite page, left: Inverlochy pattern on the original floor at Inverlochy Castle. Opposite page, right: Warwick pattern with modified Keats border in Red, Black and Buff.

The Inverlochy pattern takes its name from the design on the original floor at Inverlochy Castle, a grand house built in 1863 by the first Lord Abinger. In 1873 during a trip to Balmoral, Queen Victoria spent a week there to sketch and paint. She wrote in her diary, “I never saw a lovelier or more romantic spot.” Inverlochy with Byron border Inverlochy Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Octagon 6231V 151x151mm (6 x 6”) Buff 19 Hexagon 6134V 151x75x53mm (6 x 3 x 2”) Red 38 Square 6602V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Blue 19 Triangle 6412V 50x36x36mm (2 x 1½ x 1½”) White 152 Triangle 6312V 50x36x36mm (2 x 1½ x 1½”) Black 152 See pages 32-35 for details of borders. The colour combinations shown in the patterns above are intended as examples only. All of the named patterns and borders can be supplied in any combination of the colours shown on page 46. All imperial measurements are approximate. Warwick with modified Keats border Warwick Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Octagon 6131V 151x151mm (6 x 6”) Red 19 Hexagon 6334V 151x75x53mm (6 x 3 x 2”) Black 38 Square 6202V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Buff 76 Square 6302V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Black 19 Victorian Floor Tiles I 7

Above: Richmond pattern in Red, Brown, White and Black, with modified Browning border incorporating Cardigan decorated tiles. As our floor tiles are vitrified they absorb very little moisture, which makes them frost resistant. They are therefore suitable for outdoor as well as indoor use, meaning that paths, terraces and verandas can look as welcoming and beautiful as entrance halls, porches and conservatories. Lambeth with modified Wordsworth border Richmond with modified Browning border Lambeth Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Square 6104V 106x106mm (4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Red 19 Square 6204V 106x106mm (4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Buff 19 Square 6302V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Black 38 Triangle 6514V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Brown 76 Triangle 6413V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) White 151 8 I Victorian Floor Tiles Richmond Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Above: Lambeth pattern with modified Wordsworth border in Red, Buff, Black, Brown and White. Square 6303V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Black 64 Square 6103V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Red 43 Square 6503V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Brown 43 Square 6403V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) White 11 Square 6402V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) White 11 Triangle 6312V 50x36x36mm (2 x 1½ x 1½”) Black 43

Above: Lambeth pattern with modified Wordsworth border in Red, Buff, Black, Brown and White.

Chatsworth with modified Browning border Chatsworth Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Above: Chatsworth pattern in Blue, Brown, Red, Buff, White and Black, with modified Browning border. Square 6604V 106x106mm (4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Blue 4 Square 6504V 106x106mm (4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Brown 14 Square 6103V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Red 42 Square 6203V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Buff 28 Square 6503V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Brown 14 Square 6403V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) White 4 Triangle 6214V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Buff 28 Triangle 6314V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Black 14 Triangle 6414V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) White 28 Triangle 6113V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Red 14 Triangle 6413V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) White 28 Triangle 6613V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Blue 14

Above: Chatsworth pattern in Blue, Brown, Red, Buff, White and Black, with modified Browning border. More than 150 years after they were laid, many entrance hallways, porches and bathrooms still retain their original Victorian floor tiles, which shows that they are not only extremely tough but they also have an enduring appeal through the generations. Our tiles are made from the same clays as in the nineteenth century, coloured with traditional stains, and some are decorated by hand using traditional methods. Install a floor now and you are sure to be enjoying it for many, many years to come! Westminster with modified Wordsworth border See pages 32-35 for details of borders. The colour combinations shown in the patterns above are intended as examples only. All of the named patterns and borders can be supplied in any combination of the colours shown on page 46. All imperial measurements are approximate. Above: Chatsworth pattern in Blue, Brown, Red, Buff, White and Black with modified Wordsworth border incorporating Livingstone decorated tiles in Blue. Westminster Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Square 6204V 106x106mm (4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Buff 27 Square 6103V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Red 34 Square 6102V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Red 7 Triangle 6312V 50x36x36mm (2 x 1½ x 1½”) Black 27 Triangle 6214V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Buff 54 Triangle 6314V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Black 27 Triangle 6613V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Blue 54 Triangle 6413V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) White 54 Triangle 6313V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Black 27 Victorian Floor Tiles I 11

Above: Arundel pattern with Bronte border in Red, Green and Buff.

Above: Arundel pattern with bespoke border in White, Grey and Red. Original Style Artworks tiles on the wall. The true beauty of these geometric patterns is revealed when they are seen from overhead, making Victorian floor tiles an ideal choice for a hall at the bottom of a staircase. It gives you an opportunity to admire your floor many times a day! Arundel with modified Bronte border Arundel Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Octagon 6131V 151x151mm (6 x 6”) Red 39 Square 6702V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Green 39 Triangle 6212V 50x36x36mm (2 x 1½ x 1½”) Buff 153 See pages 32-35 for details of borders. The colour combinations shown in the patterns above are intended as examples only. All of the named patterns and borders can be supplied in any combination of the colours shown on page 46. All imperial measurements are approximate. Above: Huntington pattern with modified Bronte border incorporating Colebrooke decorated tile in Dover White, Black and Grey. Original Style Artworks tiles on the wall. Huntingdon with modified Bronte border incorporating Colebrooke decorated tile Huntingdon Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Hexagon 7134V 151x75x53mm (6 x 3 x 2”) Dover White 86 Square 6302V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Black 43 Triangle 6812V 50x36x36mm (2 x 1½ x 1½”) Grey 172 Victorian Floor Tiles I 13

The Victorians not only installed geometric tiled floors in their houses, they created impressive designs for their public buildings such as town halls, museums and churches. Even now in the twenty first century, our tiles continue to combine outstanding visual appeal with durability, making them equally suitable for homes as well as hotels, restaurants, pubs, bars, health clubs, spas and period renovation projects. Grantham with modified Kingsley border Hatfield with modified Bronte border See pages 32-35 for details of borders. The colour combinations shown in the patterns above are intended as examples only. All of the named patterns and borders can be supplied in any combination of the colours shown on page 46. All imperial measurements are approximate. 14 I Victorian Floor Tiles Grantham Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Triangle 6614V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Blue 15 Triangle 6414V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) White 29 Triangle 6314V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Black 15 Triangle 6214V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Buff 15 Square 6303V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Black 43 Square 6103V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Red 29 Square 6203V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Buff 65 Hatfield Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Triangle 6312V 50x36x36mm (2 x 1½ x 1½”) Black 4 Triangle 6412V 50x36x36mm (2 x 1½ x 1½”) White 8 Triangle 6512V 50x36x36mm (2 x 1½ x 1½”) Brown 8 Triangle 6513V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Brown 4 Triangle 6214V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Buff 8 Triangle 6116V 149x106x106mm (6 x 4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Red 8 Triangle 6516V 149x106x106mm (6 x 4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Brown 4 Triangle 6513V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Brown 8 Triangle 6413V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) White 4 Square 6302V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Black 2 Triangle 6312V 50x36x36mm (2 x 1½ x 1½) Black 4 Square 6202V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Buff 1 Square 6286V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Gordon Hand Decorated Buff/Black 1

Top left: Detail of Hatfield pattern in Black, White, Brown, Buff and Red. Top right: Grantham pattern in Blue, White, Black, Buff and Red. Bottom: Hatfield pattern with modified Bronte border. Floor shown here and above left is at Bradford University School of Management Campus.

Lindisfarne with modified Stevenson border Conway with modified Browning border Braemar with modified Bronte border Lindisfarne Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Surprisingly, all of the designs in this brochure are made up from the basic shapes of square, rectangle, triangle, hexagon and classic hexagon, octagon and trapezium. By adding the 12 colours and decorated tiles into the mix, it’s no wonder that the combinations are endless. See pages 32-35 for details of borders. The colour combinations shown in the patterns above are intended as examples only. All of the named patterns and borders can be supplied in any combination of the colours shown on page 46. All imperial measurements are approximate. 16 I Victorian Floor Tiles Triangle 7416V 149x106x106mm (6 x 4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Royal Palladian 28 Triangle 6314V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Black 28 Triangle 7114V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Dover White 56 Square 6303V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Black 7 Square 6503V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Brown 28 Rectangle 6121V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Red 56 Rectangle 7421V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Royal Palladian 28 Square 6278V 106x106mm (4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Livingstone Hand Decorated Green 7 Conway Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Rectangle 6623V 151x75 (6 x 3”) Blue 38 Square 6603V 75x75 (3 x 3”) Blue 19 Square 6302V 53x53 (2 x 2”) Black 19 Triangle 6214V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Buff 76 Triangle 6413V 73x52x52 (3 x 2 x 2”) White 76 Triangle 6612V 50x36x36mm (2 x 1½ x 1½) Blue 76 Braemar Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Square 6303V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Black 85 Square 6403V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) White 48 Triangle 6313V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Black 75 Triangle 6413V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) White 76

Above: Lindisfarne pattern with Stevenson border in Royal Palladian, Black, Dover White, Brown and Red.

Above: Edinburgh pattern in Red, Black and Buff. The floor shown here is in the Prinsen Restaurant, Stockholm, Sweden.

Edinburgh with simple bespoke border Edinburgh Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Above: Modified Edinburgh pattern in Red, Black and Buff using 75mm squares instead of 151mm squares to make up the pattern. Victorian floor tiles look at home in many situations – from churches to hotel foyers, residential entrance halls to restaurants – and indeed, the designs can range from the highly decorative to simpler patterns, as shown here. Square 6106V 151x151 (6 x 6”) Red 19 Rectangle 6323V 151x75 (6 x 3”) Black 38 Square 6203V 75x75 (3 x 3”) Buff 19 See pages 32-35 for details of borders. The colour combinations shown in the patterns above are intended as examples only. All of the named patterns and borders can be supplied in any combination of the colours shown on page 46. All imperial measurements are approximate. Brighton with simple bespoke border Brighton Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Above: Brighton pattern in Dover White, Royal Palladian and Old London. Square 7102V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Dover White 38 Rectangle 7424V 106x53mm (4 1 /8 x 2”) Royal Palladian 76 Square 7204V 106x106mm (4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Old London 38 Victorian Floor Tiles I 19

Above: Art Deco pattern in Blue, Grey and White. Above: Pomeroy pattern with modified Coleridge border in Black, White and Grey. Original Style Artworks tiles on the wall. Victorian floor tiles not only look at home when used in authentic Victorian and Edwardian patterns, they can also be used to evoke different eras, as these two Art Deco designs on this page testify. If these Art Deco style bathrooms appeal, you will find these and more decorated wall tiles and borders to inspire you in our Artworks collection. Visit www.originalstyle.com for more information. Art Deco with Shelley border Pomeroy with modified Bronte border Art Deco Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Square 6404V 106x106mm (4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) White 43 Triangle 6314V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Black 86 Triangle 6814V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Grey 86 20 I Victorian Floor Tiles Pomeroy Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Octagon 6331V 151x151mm (6 x 6”) Black 22 Octagon 6431V 151x151mm (6 x 6”) White 22 Square 6802V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Grey 43

Our classic hexagon is a pleasing regular shape which can be made into many designs just by using different combinations of colours. Chelsea Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Hexagon 7136V 127x127mm (5 x 5”) Dover White 46 Hexagon 7336V 127x127mm (5 x 5”) Regency Bath 23 Above: Chelsea pattern with simple border, in Dover White and Regency Bath. Original Style Artworks tiles on the wall. Chelsea with simple border Stratford with simple border See pages 32-35 for details of borders. The colour combinations shown in the patterns above are intended as examples only. All of the named patterns and borders can be supplied in any combination of the colours shown on page 46. All imperial measurements are approximate. Stratford Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Hexagon 6436V 127x127mm (5 x 5”) White 35 Hexagon 6136V 127x127mm (5 x 5”) Red 29 Hexagon 6336V 127x127mm (5 x 5”) Black 6 Victorian Floor Tiles I 21

Above: Nottingham pattern in Brown, Black and White, with bespoke border in Brown, Black, White and Red. York Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Octagon 6231V 151x151mm (6 x 6”) Buff 43 Square 6502V 53x53 (2 x 2”) Brown 43 Above: York pattern with modified Kingsley border, in Blue and White. The octagon is a very versatile shape to build patterns around, from the traditional octagon dot shown here to the more complex designs of Warwick and Inverlochy on pages 6 and 7. York with modified Byron border Nottingham with modified Melville border 22 I Victorian Floor Tiles Nottingham Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Octagon 6731V 151x151mm (6 x 6”) Green 43 Square 6402V 53x53 (2 x 2”) White 43

Above: York pattern in Dover White and Regency Bath, with Shaftesbury border, Brown on White. Original Style Artworks tiles on the wall.

Above: Cambridge pattern with Cavendish border in Black and Dover White. Original Style Artworks tiles on the wall. Opposite page, left: Wellington pattern with modified Shelley in Black and White. Opposite page, right: Wellington pattern in White and Green. Winchester Tile Company Artisan tiles on the wall.

The chessboard pattern is a classic in black and white, but any combination of colours looks great in any room or situation. A practical choice for bathrooms, Victorian floor tiles can be installed with underfloor heating. Cambridge with Cavendish border Cambridge Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Square 7106V 151x151mm (6 x 6”) Dover White 22 Square 6306V 151x151mm (6 x 6”) Black 22 See pages 32-35 for details of borders. The colour combinations shown in the patterns above are intended as examples only. All of the named patterns and borders can be supplied in any combination of the colours shown on page 46. All imperial measurements are approximate. Wellington with Shelley border Wellington Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Square 7104V 106x106mm (4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Dover White 43 Square 6804V 106x106mm (4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Grey 43 Victorian Floor Tiles I 25

Above: Dorchester pattern with Byron border. Geometric patterns don’t have to be complicated to look stunning, as these images illustrate – changes in colours, using different borders and incorporating hand painted and decorated tiles can all add to the versatility of the design. Dorchester with Clare border Oxford with modified Browning border Dorchester Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Square 6104V 106x106mm (4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Red 43 Square 6304V 106x106mm (4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Black 43 26 I Victorian Floor Tiles Above: Oxford pattern with Melville border incorporating Cardigan decorated tile. Original Style Artworks tiles on the wall. Oxford Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Square 6106V 151x151mm (6 x 6”) Red 22 Square 6406V 151x151mm (6 x 6”) White 22 See pages 32-35 for details of borders. The colour combinations shown in the patterns above are intended as examples only. All of the named patterns and borders can be supplied in any combination of the colours shown on page 46. All imperial measurements are approximate.

Above: Dorchester pattern in Red and Buff with Kingsley border in Black and Red (pattern beneath chairs), Oxford pattern with Kingsley border in Black and White. The floor shown here is in the Nine Fine Irishmen bar, New York New York Hotel & Casino, Las Vegas, USA.

Above: Ambleside pattern in Dover White and Black with Greek Key border.

Above: Lincoln pattern with simple border in Dover White and Black. Original Style Artworks tiles on the wall. Basketweave patterns are made up from rectangles and squares. In traditional black and white they will look good in any number of locations. The addition of a simple border will provide a beautiful finishing touch. Lincoln with simple border Lincoln Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Rectangle 7124V 106x53mm (4 x 2”) Dover White 134 Square 6302V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Black 67 See pages 32-35 for details of borders. The colour combinations shown in the patterns above are intended as examples only. All of the named patterns and borders can be supplied in any combination of the colours shown on page 46. All imperial measurements are approximate. Ambleside with Greek Key border Ambleside Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Square 6302V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Black 80 Square 7102V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Dover White 80 Rectangle 6324V 106x53mm (4 x 2”) Black 80 Victorian Floor Tiles I 29

Above: Cliveden with Melville border in Red, Grey and White incorporating Livingstone decorated tiles. Floor shown is at Aston Villa Football ClubVilla Park Stadium, Birmingham. Victorian floor tiles can be used to make a statement, transforming the ordinary into a grand entrance, a simple space into a warm and welcoming room. The interlacing knot designs on the Galway and Dublin decorated tiles (right) were inspired by motifs seen in Celtic art and mosaics from ancient Rome. Cliveden with modified Melville border incorporating Livingstone decorated tiles Cliveden Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) Square 6106V 151x151mm (6 x 6”) Red 10 Square 6806V 151x151mm (6 x 6”) Grey 12 Square 6406V 151x151mm (6 x 6”) White 20 Square 6283V 151x151mm (6 x 6”) Liverpool Hand Decorated White/Buff 2 Square 6266V 151x151mm (6 x 6”) Liverpool Hand Decorated Blue/White 2 30 I Victorian Floor Tiles Dublin with Galway border Dublin Tiles per square metre (10¾ square feet) 7947V Dublin Decorated Pale Green on White 43 See pages 32-35 for details of borders. The colour combinations shown in the patterns above are intended as examples only. All of the named patterns and borders can be supplied in any combination of the colours shown on page 46. All imperial measurements are approximate.

Above: Dublin pattern with Galway border in Pale Green on White. Original Style Artworks and Winchester Tile Company Artisan tiles on the wall.

Above: York pattern in Black and White, with Melville border in Black, White and Grey. Patterns Border Above: Lindisfarne pattern and Stevenson border in Buff, Red, Green, Black, Brown and Royal Palladian incorporating Livingstone (Green). Adding a border to a geometric floor pattern is like framing a beautiful picture. Contrasting and matching borders can be made up from the range of single plain tiles with decorated tiles for an extra dimension. Here are just a few patterns to inspire you... Kingsley Byron Clare 32 I Victorian Floor Tiles Kingsley Tiles per linear metre (3 feet) Rectangle 6321V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Black 14 Square 6302V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Black 14 Triangle 6413V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) White 28 Border width 128mm (5”) Byron Tiles per linear metre (3 feet) Rectangle 6221V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Buff 14 Rectangle 6121V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Red 14 Triangle 6216V 149x106x106mm (6 x 4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Buff 7 Triangle 6116V 149x106x106mm (6 x 4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Red 7 Border width 181mm (7 1 /8”) Clare Tiles per linear metre (3 feet) Rectangle 6521V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Brown 7 Rectangle 6321V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Black 7 Trapezium 6232V 149x75x52mm (6 x 3 x 2”) Buff 14 Square 6302V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Black 7 Border width 128mm (5”)

Borders can fill the space left around a floor design laid with an exact number of pattern repeats or can be used to negotiate around tricky corners and irregular gaps at the edges of rooms, as right. Some tiles will need cutting. Melville Bronte Coleridge Stevenson Melville Tiles per linear metre (3 feet) Rectangle 6721V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Green 14 Rectangle 6421V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) White 14 Triangle 6316V 149x106x106mm (6 x 4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Black 14 Square 6404V 106x106mm (4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) White 7 Border width 257mm (10 1 /8”) Bronte Tiles per linear metre (3 feet) Rectangle 6221V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Buff 28 Rectangle 6121V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Red 14 Triangle 6313V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Black 28 Square 6202V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Buff 14 Rectangle 6322V 151x53mm (6 x 2”) Black 7 Border width 286mm (11¼”) Coleridge Tiles per linear metre (3 feet) Rectangle 6523V 151x75mm (6 x 3”) Brown 14 Rectangle 6421V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) White 14 Square 6402V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) White 7 Triangle 6713V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Green 14 Triangle 6413V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) White 14 Border width 261mm (10¼”) Stevenson Tiles per linear metre (3 feet) Rectangle 6222V 151x53mm (6 x 2”) Buff 14 Square 6103V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Red 4 Square 6703V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Green 4 Triangle 6213V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Buff 28 Triangle 6313V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Black 28 Rectangle 6522V 151x53mm (6 x 2”) Brown 7 Rectangle 7421V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Royal Palladian 14 Border width 261mm (10¼”) Victorian Floor Tiles I 33

Keats Shelley Browning Wordsworth Scott 34 I Victorian Floor Tiles Keats Tiles per linear metre (3 feet) Rectangle 6322V 151x53mm (6 x 2”) Black 7 Trapezium 6132V 149x75x52mm (6 x 3 x 2”) Red 18 Rectangle 6221V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Buff 7 Triangle 6213V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Buff 28 Square 6302V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Black 7 Square 6602V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Blue 7 Border width 232mm (9 1 /8”) Shelley Tiles per linear metre (3 feet) Rectangle 6321V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Black 14 Rectangle 6821V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Grey 14 Triangle 6416V 149x106x106mm (6 x 4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) White 14 Triangle 6314V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Black 14 Triangle 6814V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Grey 14 Border width 258mm (10 1 /8”) Browning Tiles per linear metre (3 feet) Rectangle 6223V 151x75mm (6 x 3”) Buff 7 Rectangle 6521V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Brown 14 Rectangle 6221V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Buff 7 Rectangle 6321V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Black 7 Triangle 6414V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) White 20 Triangle 6212V 50x36x36mm (2 x 1½ x 1½”) Buff 40 Square 6502V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Brown 10 Border width 287mm (11¼”) Wordsworth Tiles per linear metre (3 feet) Rectangle 6221V 151x75mm (6” x 1”) Buff 7 Rectangle 6323V 151x75mm (6 x 3” Black 7 Trapezium 6332V 149x75x52mm (6 x 3 x 2”)” Black 9 Triangle 6413V 73x52x52mm (3” x 2” x 2”) White 28 Square 6104V 106x106mm (4 1 /8” x 4 1 /8”) Red 5 Square 6202V 53x53mm (2” x 2”) Buff 18 Square 6502V 53x53mm (2” x 2”) Brown 5 Total width of border 294mm (11 5 /8”) Scott Tiles per linear metre (3 feet) Square 6504V 106x106mm (4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Brown 4 Livingstone 6265V 106x106mm (4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) Blue 4 Triangle 6214V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) Buff 16 Triangle 6414V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) White 16 Rectangle 6321V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Black 21 Rectangle 6223V 151x75mm (6 x 3) Buff 7 Border width 311mm (12 1 /4”)

Tennyson Eliot Above: Pattern incorporating Gladstone (see page 38) with Scott border in Brown, Buff, White and Black. Any border can be further enhanced by the introduction of decorated tiles, and if you change the colours that make up the patterns it can dramatically alter how the pattern looks. Galway The width of borders can be varied by adding or removing rectangles and/or trapeziums from the examples shown throughout this brochure (if this is the case then a border is captioned as a ‘modified’ version of patterns on pages 32-35). The colour combinations shown are intended as guidelines only. All the names patterns and borders in this brochure can be supplied in any combination of the colours listed on page 46. Scales shown are approximate and should not be used in the detailed planning of floor layouts. Please see tile sizes on page 46. Tennyson Tiles per linear metre (3 feet) Rectangle 6223V 151x75 (6 x 3”) Buff 7 Rectangle 6321V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Black 21 Trapezium 6232V 149x75x52mm (6 x 3 x 2”) Buff 14 Triangle 6113V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Red 14 Triangle 6613V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Blue 14 Hexagon 6734V 151x75x53mm (6 x 3 x 2”) Green 7 Triangle 6412V 50x36x36mm (2 x 1½ x 1½”) White 40 Triangle 6612V 50x36x36mm (2 x 1½ x 1½”) Blue 40 Border width 360mm (14 1 /8”) Eliot Tiles per linear metre (3 feet) Rectangle 6323V 151x75mm (6 x 3”) Black 7 Rectangle 6321V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Black 7 Trapezium 7132V 149x75x52 (6 x 3 x 2”) Dover White 6 Hexagon 6334V 151x75x53mm (6 x 3 x 2”) Black 3 Square 6302V 53x53mm (2 x 2”) Black 3 Square 7102V 53x53 (2 x 2”) Dover White 27 Triangle 6313V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Black 11 Triangle 7113V 73x52x52mm (3 x 2 x 2”) Dover White 3 Border width 257mm (10”) Galway Tiles per linear metre (3 feet) Above: Modified Westminster pattern and Eliot border in Black and Dover White. Rectangle 6422V 151x53mm (6 x 2”) White 14 Rectangle 6721V 151x24mm (6 x 1”) Green 21 Triangle 6414V 104x73x73mm (4 1 /8 x 3 x 3”) White 20 Square 7948V 75x75mm (3 x 3”) Pale Green Galway decorated tile on White 10 Border width 297mm (11 3 /4”) Victorian Floor Tiles I 35

Floor Hand Tiles Decorated The hand decorated tiles shown on these and the following pages are the ideal complement to our geometric tiles. The patterns are again based on traditional Victorian designs, and the screen printed colours are designed to closely match the geometric tiles. Palmerston is a magnificent decorated panel of 36 tiles which incorporates many classic Victorian design motifs. It is an ideal centrepiece for large spaces such as conservatories and reception areas. Palmerston 36-tile set Available in Blue and Green Panel size 916 x 916mm (approx. 36 x 36”) including grout spaces Individual tile size 151 x 151mm (approx 6 x 6”) Square meterage = 0.839 36 I Victorian Floor Tiles 6262V Palmerston Blue 36-tile set

*6277V Palmerston Green detail *6261V Disraeli Blue detail Disraeli 9-tile set Available in Blue and Green Panel size 457 x 457mm (approx 18 x 18”) including grout spaces Individual tile size 151 x 151mm (approx 6 x 6”) 6276V Disraeli Green 9-tile set * Please note that some of the decorative tiles shown are not in proportion with others in this section. This has been done deliberately to illustrate the finer details of the decoration. Above: Palmerston (Blue) used as centrepiece, framed by trapeziums, within Inverlochy pattern and bespoke border

Above: Gladstone (Blue/Red), framed by Telford border and corner (Blue), with geometric grid pattern incorporating Livingstone decorated tiles, with Scott border. As in most settings some tile cutting has been necessary. 6260V Blue/Red 6284V Green/Red 6560V Green/Red 6561V White/Blue 6562V Black/Blue 38 I Victorian Floor Tiles Gladstone Individual tile size 151 x 151mm (approx 6 x 6”) Use these 4 identical tiles to make a panel 304 x 304mm (approx.12 x 12”) including grout spaces Wellesley 151 x 151mm (approx. 6 x 6”)

Here are more beautifully decorated tiles, available in colours designed to co-ordinate with the plain tiles and the other patterned tiles. Liverpool *151 x 151mm (approx. 6 x 6”) *6266V Blue/White *6283V White/Buff Livingstone 106 x 106mm (approx. 4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8”) *6265V Blue *6278V Green * Please note that some of the decorative tiles shown are not in proportion with others in this section. This has been done deliberately to illustrate the finer details of the decoration. Above: Blenheim pattern incorporating Livingstone (Blue), with Blue Telford border. Salisbury Individual tile size 151 x 151mm (approx 6 x 6”) *6268V Green *6279V Blue Create a panel of any size by rotating through 90° as in this example of a 9-tile repeat Victorian Floor Tiles I 39

Above: Dublin with Galway border in Black on Dover White and Black rectangle. On the following pages you will see our wide selection of hand decorated tiles in various sizes, colours and patterns. Smaller tiles are ideal to use individually, to add variety and contrast within a geometric tile pattern and/or border. Dublin 151 x 151mm (approx. 6 x 6”) 7947V Pale Green on White 7949V Black on Dover White 40 I Victorian Floor Tiles Worcester 151 x 151mm (approx. 6 x 6”) 7927V Black on Dover White 7928V Brown on Buff Above: Simple checkerboard pattern in Dover White and Black incorporating Montague Black on Dover White with Cavendish border and corner in Black on Dover White. Galway 151 x 151mm (approx. 6 x 6”) 7951V Buff, Dark Brown and Red on White 75 x 75 (approx 3 x 3”) *7948V Pale Green on White *7950V Black on Dover White

Montague 75 x 75mm (approx. 3 x 3”) *7925V Brown on Buff Darwin 53 x 53mm (approx. 2 x 2”) *6263V Black on Buff Gordon 53 x 53mm (approx. 2 x 2”) *6285V Black on Blue *6290V Brown on Buff Cardigan 53 x 53mm (approx. 2 x 2”) *6295V Black on Blue *6294V Brown on Buff *7926V Black on DoverWhite *6271V Blue on Buff *6287V Buff on Red *6272V Red on Buff *7902V Black on DoverWhite *6297V Buff on Red *7906V Black on DoverWhite Colebrooke 53 x 53mm (approx. 2 x 2”) *7942V Pale Green onWhite *6273V Green on Buff *6286V Buff on Black *6299V Black on Red *7944V Pale Blue on DoverWhite *7903V Dark Brown onWhite *7907V Dark Brown onWhite * Please note that some of the decorative tiles shown are not in proportion with others in this section.This has been done deliberately to illustrate the finer details of the decoration. *7945V Black on DoverWhite *6274V Brown on Buff *6288V Buff on Green *7904V Red onWhite *6296V Buff on Black *7908V Red onWhite *7946V Red onWhite Stanley 75 x 75mm (approx. 3 x 3”) *6264V *6289V Black on Red *7905V Pale Green onWhite *6298V Buff on Green *7909V Pale Green onWhite Victorian Floor Tiles I 41

Above: Gloucester border and individual tile in Black on Dover White, with Skirting Piece in Dover White. Above: Shaftesbury 2-tile broder set in Brown on White. Cavendish Corner 151 x 151mm (approx. 6 x 6”) *7930V Internal Black on Buff Border 151 x 151mm (approx. 6 x 6”) *7929V Black on Buff Corner 151 x 151mm (approx. 6 x 6”) *7931V External Black on Buff 42 I Victorian Floor Tiles *7936V Internal Dark Brown on White *7935V Dark Brown on White *7937V External Dark Brown on White *7933V Internal Black on Dover White *7932V Black on Dover White *7934V External Black on Dover White Gloucester 151 x 151mm (approx. 6 x 6”) 7953V Black on Dover White Border 151 x 75mm (approx 6 x 3”) *7952V Black on Dover White * Please note that some of the decorative tiles shown are not in proportion with others in this section. This has been done deliberately to illustrate the finer details of the decoration.

Shaftesbury 2-tile border set with matching corner tile. Corner Each tile 151 x 151mm (approx. 6 x 6”) 6565V Black on Buff 6568V Green on Buff 6571V Brown on White Border Border set of 2, each tile 151 x 151mm (approx 6 x 6”) 6563V Black on Buff 6566V Green on Buff 6569V Brown on White Faraday Corner 75 x 75mm (approx. 3 x 3”) 6587V 6589V 6591V 6593V Brown on Buff Green on Buff Black on Red Black on White Border 151 x 75mm (approx. 6 x 3”) 6586V 6588V 6590V 6592V Brown on Buff Green on Buff Black on Red Black on White These border tiles range from simple lines to complex patterns, all designed to complement the colours and patterns shown throughout the brochure. Kitchener Corner 75 x 75mm (approx. 3 x 3”) 6573V 6575V Blue Green Border 151 x 75mm (approx. 6 x 3”) 6572V 6574V Blue Green Telford Corner 75 x 75mm (approx. 3 x 3”) 6270V Blue 6281V Green Border 151 x 75mm (approx. 6 x 3”) 6269V 6280V Blue Green Victorian Floor Tiles I 43

Above: Ambleside pattern in Black and Dover White, with Greek Key border and corner in Black on White, with Black and Dover White rectangles. Plymouth Corner 75 x 75mm (approx. 3 x 3”) *7939V Black on White Greek Key Corner 53 x 53mm (approx. 2 x 2”) 6661V Black on Buff 6660V Black on Buff 6663V Green on Buff 6665V Black on Red 6664V Black on Red 6667V Black on White 6669V Blue on White 44 I Victorian Floor Tiles Border 151 x 75mm (approx. 6 x 3”) *7938V Black on White Border 151 x 53mm (approx. 6 x 2”) 6662V Green on Buff 6666V Black on White 6668V Blue on White Above: Cambridge pattern in Regency Bath and Royal Palladian, with Melbourne border Brown Spot on White and Elgin border Brown on White. Elgin Corner 75 x 75mm (approx. 3 x 3”) 7901V Brown on White 6577V Black on Buff 6579V Buff on Red 6581V Black on White 6583V Blue on White Border 151 x 75mm (approx. 6 x 3”) 7900V Brown on White 6576V Black on Buff 6578V Buff on Red 6580V Black on White 6582V Blue on White 6585V Red on White 6584V Red on White

Above: York pattern in Black and White, with Plymouth border and corner in Black on White, with Black rectangle. Lansdowne Corner 24 x 24mm (approx 1 x 1”) *6671V Black on Buff *6673V Red on Buff *6675V Buff on Red *6677V Blue on White *6679V Green on White Border 151 x 24mm (approx. 6 x 1”) *6670V Black on Buff *6672V Red on Buff *6674V Buff on Red *6676V Blue on White *6678V Green on White Skirting Piece 149 x 98mm (6 x 3 7 /8”) Adds a neat finish and provides a smooth transition between wall and floor tiles. Can be used as a skirting wall tile (as picture above right) or laid on the floor with the curved edge next to the wall. *7137V Dover White * Please note it may be necessary to adjust the grout gaps when using with other Victorian floor tiles to allow for slight variations in dimensions. Melbourne Corner 24 x 24mm (approx 1 x 1”) *6681V Black Spot on Buff *6683V Buff Spot with Black *7911V Black Spot on Dover White *7913V Dover White Spot with Black *7915V Brown Spot on White *7917V White Spot with Brown *6237V Buff Above: Skirting Piece in Dover White, with Gloucester tile and border. *6137V Red Border 151 x 24mm (approx. 6 x 1”) *6680V Black Spot on Buff *6682V Buff Spot with Black *7910V Black Spot on Dover White *7912V Dover White Spot with Black *7914V Brown Spot on White *7916V White Spot with Brown *6337V Black Victorian Floor Tiles I 45

Product Guide Product codes and colours Nominal dimensions Pieces Dover Old Regency Royal Per Pack Shape mm* Inches* † Red Buff Black White Brown Blue Green Grey White u London u Bath u Palladian u 43 Square 151 x 151 6 x 6 6106V 6206V 6306V 6406V 6506V 6606V 6706V 6806V 7106V 7206V 7306V 7406V 46 I Victorian Floor Tiles 22 Square 106 x 106 4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8 6104V 6204V 6304V 6404V 6504V 6604V 6704V 6804V 7104V 7204V 7304V 7404V 20 Square 75 x 75 3 x 3 6103V 6203V 6303V 6403V 6503V 6603V 6703V 6803V 7103V 7203V 7303V 7403V 44 Square 53 x 53 2 x 2 6102V 6202V 6302V 6402V 6502V 6602V 6702V 6802V 7102V 7202V 7302V 7402V 12 Triangle 149 x 106 x 106 6 x 4 1 /8 x 4 1 /8 6116V 6216V 6316V 6416V 6516V 6616V 6716V 6816V 7116V 7216V 7316V 7416V 24 Triangle 104 x 73 x 73 4 1 /8 x 3 x 3 6114V 6214V 6314V 6414V 6514V 6614V 6714V 6814V 7114V 7214V 7314V 7414V 48 Triangle 73 x 52 x 52 3 x 2 x 2 6113V 6213V 6313V 6413V 6513V 6613V 6713V 6813V 7113V 7213V 7313V 7413V 48 Triangle 50 x 36 x 36 2 x 1 1 /2 x 1 1 /2 6112V 6212V 6312V 6412V 6512V 6612V 6712V 6812V 7112V 7212V 7312V 7412V 10 Rectangle 151 x 75 6 x 3 6123V 6223V 6323V 6423V 6523V 6623V 6723V 6823V 7123V 7223V 7323V 7423V 15 Rectangle 151 x 53 6 x 2 6122V 6222V 6322V 6422V 6522V 6622V 6722V 6822V 7122V 7222V - - 30 Rectangle 151 x 24 6 x 1 6121V 6221V 6321V 6421V 6521V 6621V 6721V 6821V 7121V 7221V 7321V 7421V 44 Rectangle 106 x 53 4 1 /8 x 2 6124V - 6324V 6424V - - - - 7124V 7224V 7324V 7424V 43 Octagon 151 x 151 (A=53, B=75) 6 x 6 (A=2, B=3) 6131V 6231V 6331V 6431V 6531V 6631V 6731V 6831V 7131V 7231V - - A B 10 Hexagon 151 x 75 x 53 (Width=75) 6 x 3 x 2 (Width=3) 6134V 6234V 6334V - 6534V - 6734V - 7134V 7234V 7334V - 44 Hexagon A Classic 127 x 127 (A=75) 5 x 5 (A=3) 6136V 6236V 6336V 6436V - - - 6836V 7136V 7236V 7336V - 20 Trapezium 149 x 75 x 52 (Width=36) 6 x 3 x 2 (Width=1 3 / 8) 6132V 6232V 6332V 6432V - - 6732V - 7132V 7232V 7332V - 10 Step Tread 151 x 75 6 x 3 6135V - 6335V - - - - - 7135V - - - 16 Skirting 149 x 98 6 x 3 7 /8 6137V 6237V 6337V - - - - - 7137V - - - (Profile) Piece *All tiles are 9mm / 3 /8” thick. † Imperial dimensions are approximate. u New colours added in 2010.

Specifications Spécifications / Technische Daten / Specificaties Manufactured to BS EN ISO 14411, in conjunction with BS EN ISO 10545 parts 1-16. Fabriqué aux normes BS EN ISO 14411, en conjonction avec BS EN ISO 10545 sections 1-16. Fertigung nach BS EN ISO 14411, in Verbindung mit BS EN ISO 10545 Teile 1-16. Geproduceerd volgens BS EN ISO 14411, in combinatie met BS EN ISO 10545 parts 1-16. Description Annex H, dry pressed ceramic tiles with low water absorption 0.5 - 3%, Group BIb, vitrified. Description Annexe H, carreaux en céramique pressés à sec, à faible absorption d’eau 0,5 - 3%, Group BIb, vitrifiés. Beschreibung Annex H, trockengepresste Keramikfliesen mit niedriger Wasseraufnahme 0,5 - 3%, Gruppe BIb, verglast. Omschrijving Annex H, droog geperste keramieken tegels met lage waterabsorptie 0,5 - 3%, Group BIb, verglaasd. Dimensions and surface quality BS EN ISO 10545-2, Annex H: conforms to all standards Dimensions et qualité de surface BS EN ISO 10545-2, Annexe H: conforme à toutes les normes Maße und Oberflächen qualität BS EN ISO 10545-2, Annex H: Entspricht allen Normen Afmetingen en oppervlaktekwaliteit BS EN ISO 10545-2, Annex H: conform alle richtlijnen Working tolerances 0.75% - 1.2% Marges de tolérance Fertigungstoleranz Werktolerantie Mohs scale surface resistance 7 Résistance de surface selon l’échelle de Mohs Oberflächenhärte nach Moh-Skala Mohs schaal voor oppervlaktebestendigheid Chemical resistance BS EN ISO 10545-13: conforms to standard Résistance chimique BS EN ISO 10545-13: conforme à toutes les normes Chemikalienbeständigkeit BS EN ISO 10545-13: Entspricht dieser Norm Chemische bestendigheid BS EN ISO 10545-13: conform richtlijnen Thermal shock BS EN ISO 10545-9 1996: conforms to standard Choc thermique BS EN ISO 10545-9 1996: conforme à toutes les normes Thermoschock BS EN ISO 10545-9 1996: Entspricht dieser Norm Thermale schok BS EN ISO 10545-9 1996: conform richtlijnen Coefficient of restitution BS EN ISO 10545-13: conforms to standard Coefficient de restitution BS EN ISO 10545-13: conforme à toutes les normes Stoßfestigkeit BS EN ISO 10545-13: Entspricht dieser Norm Restitutie coëfficiënt BS EN ISO 10545-13: conform richtlijnen Modulus of rupture and breaking strength BS EN ISO 10545- 4, 1997; able to withstand 380-450 kgf/cm 2 Résistance à la flexion et à la rupture BS EN ISO 10545- 4, 1997 ; capable de résister à 380-450 kgf/cm 2 Zug- und Biegefestigkeit BS EN ISO 10545- 4, 1997; kann 380-450 kgf/cm 2 widerstehen Breukbestendigheid en -vastheid BS EN ISO 10545- 4, 1997; in staat om 380-450 kgf/cm 2 te weerstaan Deep abrasion BS EN ISO 10545-6 1997: 24 mm = 116 vmm 3 Abrasion profonde Tiefenabriebfestigkeit Diepe afschuring Slip resistance in shod conditions DIN51130: R10 Résistance au glissement avec chaussures Rutschfestigkeit bei Verwendung von Schuhen Slipbestendigheid in droge omstandigheden Inclined platform test under wet barefoot conditions Between 3200 and 5550kgf/cm 2 Test sur plateforme inclinée et mouillée, pieds nus Entre 3200 et 5550kgf/cm 2 Test auf schräger Bühne unter nassen Barfußbedingungen Zwischen 3200 und 5550 kgf/cm 2 Hellingtest met natte voeten Tussen 3200 en 5550kgf/cm 2 Shod test R ratings DIN 51097: A Indices de test chaussé R-Wert bei Verwendung von Schuhen R-beoordelingen test in droge omstandigheden Suitability Most commercial applications, interior, exterior heavy domestic locations. If in doubt please refer to our technical department for further advice. Usage Convient à la plupart des installations commerciales, et aux installations domestiques intérieures ou extérieures à usage fréquent. En cas de doute, prenez contact avec notre département technique pour de plus amples conseils. Eignung Für die meisten gewerblichen Anwendungen, Innen, Außen, stark benutzte Wohnbereiche. Im Zweifelsfall fragen Sie bitte unsere technische Abteilung nach Rat. Geschiktheid Meeste commerciële toepassingen, interieur en exterieur intensief huishoudelijk gebruik. Raadpleeg onze technische afdeling voor meer informatie in geval van twijfel. Frost resistance BS EN ISO 10545-12 1997: No damage after 100 freeze thaw cycles. Frost resistance advice Tiles should not be laid on flat asphalt covered roofs in areas subject to frost. Tiles used outdoors should have an impervious screed coating on the substrate prior to installing and laid in such a way that rainwater drains freely off them and cannot penetrate beneath and between them. They should be sealed with a UV resistant impregnator to prevent water penetration. Résistance au gel BS EN ISO 10545-12 1997: aucun endommagement après 100 cycles de gel et dégel. Conseils vis-à-vis de la résistance au gel Il est déconseillé de poser les carreaux sur les toits plats enduits d’asphalte dans les zones sujettes au gel. Si les carreaux sont posés en extérieur, le substrat sur lequel ils reposent devra être recouvert d’un enduit imperméable et lissé avant l’installation, afin que l’eau de pluie s’en écoule librement sans s’infiltrer en dessous des carreaux ou entre ceux-ci. Les joints doivent être posés avec un imprégnateur insensible aux UV afin d’empêcher toute pénétration d’eau. Frostbeständigkeit BS EN ISO 10545-12 1997: Beschädigungsfrei nach 100 Frost-Tau-Zyklen. Empfehlungen zur Frostbeständigkeit Fliesen sollten nicht auf flachen Asphalt-Dächern in frostgefährdeten Gebieten verlegt werden. Im Außenbereich müssen Fliesen auf undurchlässigem Estrich so verlegt werden, dass Regenwasser frei abfließen und nicht unter bzw. zwischen den Fliesen eindringen kann. Es muss ein UV-beständiges Imprägniermittel verwendet werden, um das Eindringen von Wasser zu verhindern. Vorstbestendigheid BS EN ISO 10545-12 1997: geen schade na 100 vorst-dooicycli. Advies ten aanzien van vorstbestendigheid Tegels dienen niet te worden gelegd op platte asfaltdaken in gebieden met vorst. Voor tegels die buiten worden gebruikt, dient de ondergrond te worden voorzien van een ondoordringbare deklaag voordat ze worden gezet. De tegels dienen zodanig te worden gezet dat het regenwater zonder belemmeringen ervan afloopt, en niet tussen de tegels kan doordringen. Ze moeten worden afgesloten met een UV-bestendige impregneerder om penetratie door het water te vermijden. Victorian Floor Tiles I 47

ImportantInformation Installation Before installing any tiles included in this brochure, please read the Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles Fixing Guide, www.originalstyle.com/vft-fixing.html. We strongly recommend that our tiles are laid by an experienced professional tiler. The satisfactory installation of all ceramic tiles depends on their application to a sound, level surface and use of the correct adhesive for that surface. Laying directly into wet cement is not recommended. Detailed guidelines are set out in BS5385: Part 3: 1989. Grouting recommendations Tiles should be spaced 2/3mm ( 1 /16 - 1 /8”) apart and grouted with a grey cement based grout. Coloured grouts, including black, are likely to stain the tiles and are NOT recommended. Protection against staining Original Style Victorian floor tiles are unglazed and although they are classified as vitrified we recommend that they should be impregnated. Internal use: An impregnator such as HG Hagesan Impregnator may be used to protect against permanent staining. Special care must be taken not to apply more than the tiles can absorb and any excess must be removed. The installation should then be sealed with a wax or acrylic surface coating, such as HG Golvpolish to make cleaning easier. External use: For outside installations, use a UV resistant impregnator to protect against permanent staining. Special care must be taken not to apply more than the tiles can absorb and any excess must be removed. Full sealing and cleaning recommendations are given in the Victorian Floor Tiles Fixing Guide at www.originalstyle.com/vft-fixing.html. Size variation Dimensions provided are nominal. Due to the nature of the clay firing process tile dimensions may vary by up to 1.2% above or below the work size. Installers should particularly be aware that patterns consisting of tiles of one nominal size in two different colours may require increased grout spacing to allow for this variation. Caution: The tile patterns, CAD drawings and borders are intended as approximate illustrations only. They should not be used as precise plans for any individual installation. In particular, tile cutting requirements – to finish pattern edges and to negotiate corners – will be different in each case. Original Style can accept no liability in respect of the reproduction of the designs. Exterior use Original Style floor tiles are suitable for outdoor use and are frost resistant, provided that they are laid in such a way that rainwater drains freely off them and cannot penetrate beneath and between them. Tiles should not be laid on flat, asphalt-covered roofs in areas subject to frost. Tiles laid outdoors should be impregnated with HG Hagesan Impregnator, Lithofin or KF Stain Stop to increase their water repellence. Tile colours Because the tiles are made of natural clays, some shade variation may occur between one tile and another of the same colour. It is therefore important to ensure that such shade differences are evenly distributed, before fixing the tiles, to obtain a satisfactory blend. The colours in the range are produced by adding stains to the natural clay. Hand decorated tiles are screen printed with inks in colours that, whilst they complement the tile colours, may not match them exactly. Step treads and light reflection value (lrv) We recommend that treads of a different colour to the adjacent pattern are selected in order to provide an additional, visual reminder of the edge to steps and stairs (available in Dover White, Red and Black). Step treads are 9mm ( 3 /8”) thick. They are used (as shown in photograph) to provide additional strength on edges such as stairs. Estimating tile quantities required For patterns measure the area to be covered by the pattern in square metres (or 10¾ square feet) and multiply by the quantities given for specific patterns. Add 10% for wastage. For borders measure the length of the border in metres (3 feet) and multiply by the quantities given for specific patterns. Add 10% for wastage. In most settings some tile cutting will be necessary. Patterns and borders All the named patterns and borders in this brochure can be supplied in any combination of the colours listed in the Product Guide table on page 46. Scales shown are approximate and should not be used in the detailed planning of floor layouts. Please see tile sizes in Product Guide table. The width of borders can be varied by adding or removing rectangles and/or trapeziums from the examples shown throughout this brochure (if this is the case then a border is captioned as a ‘modified’ version of patterns on pages 32-35). The colour combinations shown are intended as guidelines only. 48 I Victorian Floor Tiles Computer aided design database Interior designers and architects working with CAD (computer aided design) systems can obtain a free CAD database to help plan geometric pattern floors. It can be downloaded from our website at www.originalstyle.com/cad It will help you to: • Visualise floor tile layouts in their intended settings • Design tiling layouts from scratch • Experiment with different colour/pattern/border combinations • Calculate tile quantities required A CAD software program is required to run the CAD database. For further information, please contact Customer Services on +44 (0)1392 473000. Photography Owing to variations in studio lighting and printing inks, the tile colours shown in this brochure may differ slightly from those of the actual tiles. It is always advisable to ask your Original Style supplier to show you a sample. Limits of liability Original Style accepts no liability for the faulty installation of its products. In the case of any claim relating to the tiles themselves, Original Style’s liability, to the extent permitted by law, is limited to either the replacement of the product or a refund of the cost of the product, and does not extend to cover any consequential loss. Claims must be reported within seven working days from receipt of the tiles. Tiles must be inspected prior to installation and claims cannot be considered after the tiles have been installed. Please be advised that installation constitutes acceptance of the quality, colour, size, texture and shade of the tiles. Original Style warrants that its tiles conform to their description and are fit for their purpose. Original Style makes no other express or implied warranty as to fitness or suitability of the products for particular installations. We extend no guarantees, express or implied, as to wear resistance or maintenance procedures. It is imperative to follow grout and adhesive manufacturers’ instructions regarding their suitability with our products. If in doubt please consult the grout/adhesive stockist from whom you purchased the products. Original Style makes no representations as to the fitness for purpose of third party adhesives and grouts. Please note the use of certain acid based cleaning products may cause some of the tiles to react and change in character. Acknowledgements We are very grateful to the following companies for their assistance with the photographic settings: Amos Lighting amoslighting.co.uk Aston Villa Football Club avfc.co.uk Bradford University School of Management Campus bradford.ac.uk Chadder & Co chadder.com Debenhams debenhams.com Eclectique eclectique.co.uk Fagins Antiques faginsantiques.com Furniture Village furniturevillage.co.uk Harry Morgan Restaurant harryms.co.uk Ivybridge Antique Baths antiquebaths.com John Lewis johnlewis.com Laura Ashley lauraashley.com McBains Antiques sellingantiques.co.uk Merchant House Antiques merchanthouseantiques.co.uk New York New York Hotel & Casino nynyhotelcasino.com Orange Tree theorangetree.co.uk Pilgrim Antiques pilgrimantiques.co.uk Prinsen Restaurant restaurang.prinsen.com Revival +44(0)1392 422070 Reflections +44(0)1392 204529 Samuel Heath samuel-heath.com Totnes Tile Studio totnestilestudio.co.uk UKBW ukbw.com Vintage 57 +44(0)1460 282997

ImportantInformation Installation Avant d’installer tout carreau présenté dans cette brochure, veuillez consulter le Guide de fixation Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles, www.originalstyle.com/vft-fixing.html. Nous vous conseillons fortement de faire installer nos carreaux par un carreleur professionnel et expérimenté. Pour une bonne installation de tous les carreaux en céramique, ceux-ci doivent être posés sur une surface propre et lisse à l’aide d’une colle adaptée à cette surface. Il est déconseillé de les poser directement sur du ciment humide. Des directives détaillées sont disponibles dans BS5385: Section 3: 1989. Recommandations L’écart entre chaque carreau devrait être de 2 à 3 mm et comblé avec un coulis à base de ciment gris. Les coulis colorés, y compris de couleur noire, risquent de tacher les carreaux et NE sont PAS conseillés. Protection contre le ternissement Les carreaux de sols Victorian d’Original Style ne sont pas émaillés, et bien qu’ils soient classés comme vitrifiés, nous vous recommandons de les imprégner. Usage intérieur Nous vous conseillons d’utiliser un imprégnateur tel que HG Hagesan Impregnator pour protéger vos carreaux contre les taches permanentes. Veillez à ne pas en appliquer une quantité trop élevée pour la capacité d’absorption des carreaux et à retirer tout excès de produit. Nous vous conseillons ensuite d’ajouter un revêtement de surface en cire ou acrylique, tel que HG Golvpolish, afin de faciliter le nettoyage. Usage extérieur Pour les installations en extérieur, veuillez utiliser un imprégnateur résistant aux UV pour protéger les carreaux contre les taches permanentes. Veillez à ne pas en appliquer une quantité trop élevée pour la capacité d’absorption des carreaux et à retirer tout excès de produit. Des recommandations complètes relatives au scellement et au nettoyage sont disponibles dans le Guide de fixation Victorian Floor Tiles sur www.originalstyle. com/vft-fixing.html. Variation de taille Les dimensions indiquées sont nominales. A cause de la nature du processus de cuisson de l’argile, les dimensions peuvent être jusqu’à 1,2 % supérieures ou inférieures à la dimension de fabrication. Les installateurs devraient garder à l’esprit que, pour les motifs consistant de plusieurs carreaux d’une seule taille nominale mais de deux couleurs différentes, il sera peutêtre nécessaire d’augmenter l’écart de joint à cause de cette variation. Attention: Les motifs de carreaux, dessins par CAO et bordures ne sont que des illustrations approximatives. Il est déconseillé de les utiliser pour les plans détaillés de votre installation individuelle. En particulier, les spécifications relatives à la découpe des carreaux - pour la finition des bords des motifs et pour négocier les angles - seront différentes dans chaque situation. Original Style n’accepte aucune responsabilité quant à la reproduction des motifs. Usage extérieur Les carreaux Original Style conviennent à un usage extérieur et sont résistants au gel, à condition qu’ils soient posés de manière à ce que l’eau de pluie s’en écoule librement et ne puisse s’infiltrer sous les carreaux ou entre eux. Il est déconseillé de poser les carreaux sur les toits plats enduits d’asphalte dans les zones sujettes au gel. Il est conseillé d’imprégner les carreaux posés en extérieur avec HG Hagesan Impregnator, Lithofin ou KF Stain Stop pour augmenter leur imperméabilité à l’eau. Couleurs des carreaux Comme les carreaux sont fabriqués en argile naturel, certaines variations de teinte peuvent apparaître entre les carreaux d’une même couleur. Il est ainsi important de s’assurer que ces différences de teinte soient réparties de manière équilibrée, avant de procéder à l’installation, afin d’obtenir un ensemble harmonieux. Les couleurs de la gamme sont obtenues en tachant l’argile naturelle. Les carreaux décorés à la main sont imprimés à l’écran de soie avec des encres de couleur qui ne correspondent pas exactement à la couleur des carreaux, mais qui viennent la compléter. Nez de marche et pouvoir réflecteur Nous vous recommandons de choisir des nez de marche d’une couleur différente du motif à côté duquel ils seront posés, afin de créer un rappel visuel de l’arête des marches et des escaliers (disponible en Dover White, Red et Black). L’épaisseur des nez de marche est de 9 mm. Ils sont utilisés (comme l’indique la photo en page 48) pour renforcer les arêtes, telles que les marches d’escalier. Estimer la quantité de carreaux requise Pour les motifs, mesurez la surface à couvrir par le motif en mètres carrés puis multipliez par les quantités indiquées pour les motifs spécifiques. Comptez 10 % supplémentaires pour cause de pertes. Pour les bordures, mesurez la longueur de la bordure en mètre puis multipliez par les quantités indiquées pour les motifs spécifiques. Comptez 10 % supplémentaires pour cause de pertes. Dans la plupart des cas, il sera nécessaire de découper certains carreaux. Motifs et bordures Tous les motifs et bordures indiqués dans cette brochure sont disponibles dans toute combinaison des couleurs indiquées en page 46. Les échelles sont données à titre indicatif et ne doivent pas être prises en compte pour la planification détaillée de l’agencement de votre sol. Veuillez consulter la taille des carreaux en page 46. La largeur des bordures peut être modifiée en ajoutant ou retirant des rectangles et/ou trapèzes des exemples illustrés tout au long de cette brochure (si c’est le cas, la bordure s’accompagne alors d’une légende indiquant qu’il s’agit d’une version « modifiée » des motifs en pages 32-35). Les combinaisons de couleurs illustrées sont données uniquement à titre indicatif. Bases de données de conception assistée par ordinateur Les architectes et architectes d’intérieur travaillant avec des systèmes de CAO (conception assistée par ordinateur) peuvent obtenir une base de données CAO gratuite pour les aider à créer des sols à motif géométrique. Celle-ci peut être téléchargée à partir de notre site sur www.originalstyle.com/cad. Elle vous aidera à : • Visualiser l’agencement des carreaux de sol dans le contexte voulu • Composer, à partir de zéro, la disposition des carreaux • Essayer différentes combinaisons de couleurs/motifs/bordures • Calculer des devis quantitatifs Le progiciel CAD est nécessaire pour utiliser la base de données CAD. Veuillez contacter le service clients au +44 (0) 1392 473001 pour de plus amples informations. Photographies L’éclairage en studio et les encres utilisées pour l’impression peuvent affecter la couleur des carreaux présentés dans ce catalogue. Avant de passer commande, il est toujours préférable de vous procurer des échantillons auprès d’un revendeur Original Style. Limitation de responsabilité Original Style dégage toute responsabilité en cas d’installation incorrecte de ses produits. En cas de réclamation relative aux carreaux eux-mêmes, la responsabilité d’Original Style sera confinée, dans la limite autorisée par la loi, au remplacement du produit ou au remboursement du prix du produit, et ne couvre pas les dommages indirects. Toute réclamation doit être effectuée dans les sept jours suivant la réception des carreaux. Les carreaux doivent être inspectés avant installation. Aucune réclamation ne sera prise en compte une fois les carreaux installés. Notez que l’installation du carrelage constitue l’acceptation de la qualité, de la couleur, de la texture, de la taille et de la teinte des carreaux. Original Style garantit que ses carreaux sont conformes au descriptif fourni et qu’ils sont adaptés à l’usage pour lequel ils sont prévus. Original Style ne formule aucune garantie expresse ou implicite supplémentaire vis-à-vis de l’adéquation ou de la compatibilité de ses produits dans des installations spécifiques. Nous ne formulons aucune garantie, expresse ou implicite, vis-à-vis de la résistance à l’usure ou des procédures d’entretien. Il est impératif de suivre les instructions des fabricants de colles et de ciments-joints afin d’en vérifier la compatibilité avec nos produits. En cas de doute, consultez le revendeur qui vous aura fourni la colle ou le ciment-joint. Original Style n’assumera aucune responsabilité en ce qui concerne la compatibilité ou l’usage de colles et de ciments-joints tiers. Veuillez noter que l’utilisation de certains produits nettoyants à base d’acide peut provoquer des réactions sur certains carreaux et en modifier les caractéristiques. Victorian Floor Tiles I 49

50 I Victorian Floor Tiles ImportantInformation Installation Lesen Sie bitte vor der Installation der in dieser Broschüre vorgestellten Fliesen die Anleitung zur Befestigung von Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles unter (www.originalstyle.com/ vft-fixing.html). Wir empfehlen ausdrücklich, dass unsere Fliesen von einem erfahrenen und professionellen Fliesenleger verlegt werden. Die ordnungsgemäße Installation aller keramischen Fliesen hängt von einer soliden, ebenen Oberfläche und der Verwendung des richtigen Klebers für die jeweilige Oberfläche ab. Die Verlegung direkt auf nassem Zement wird nicht empfohlen. Ausführliche Richtlinien sind in BS5385: Teil 3: 1989 zu finden. Empfehlungen zum verfugen Fliesen sollten mit 2 bis 3 mm Abstand verlegt und mit einer grauen Fugenmasse auf Zementbasis verfugt werden. Farbige Fugenmörtel, einschließlich schwarz, neigen zum Verfärben der Fliesen und sind nicht zu empfehlen. Schutz gegen fleckenbildung Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles sind unglasiert und obwohl sie als verglast klassifiziert sind, empfehlen wir, daß man die imprägniert. Innengebrauch Es kann ein Imprägniermittel wie z. B. HG Hagesan Impregnator verwendet werden, um gegen permanente Fleckenbildungen zu schützen. Achten Sie darauf, dass nicht mehr Imprägniermittel aufgetragen wird, als die Fliesen aufnehmen können und entfernen Sie alle Überreste. Die Installation sollte dann mit einer Wachs- oder Acryl-Oberflächenbeschichtung, wie z. B. HG Golvpolish versiegelt werden, um die Reinigung zu erleichtern. Außengebrauch Für Außeninstallationen muss ein UV-beständiges Imprägniermittel verwendet werden, um gegen permanente Fleckenbildungen zu schützen. Achten Sie darauf, dass nicht mehr Imprägniermittel aufgetragen wird, als die Fliesen absorbieren können und entfernen Sie alle Überreste. Ausführliche Empfehlungen zur Versiegelung und Reinigung finden Sie in der Anleitung zur Verlegung von Victorian Floor Tiles unter www.originalstyle.com/vft-fixing.html. Grössenabweichungen Bei den angegebenen Maßen handelt es sich um Nennwerte. Aufgrund der Vorgänge beim Brennen von Ton können die Fliesenmaße um bis zu 1,2% vom Nennmaß abweichen. Fliesenleger müssen besonders darauf achten, dass bei Mustern, die aus einer Nenngröße in zwei verschiedenen Farben bestehen, ein größerer Fugenabstand erforderlich sein kann, um diese Unterschiede auszugleichen. Vorsicht Die Fliesenmuster, CAD-Zeichnungen und Bordüren sind nur zu Illustrationszwecken gedacht. Sie dürfen nicht als genaue Pläne für eine bestimmte Installation verwendet werden. Besonders beim Fliesenschneiden – um Kantenmuster und Ecken zu erstellen – ergeben sich in jedem Fall Unterschiede. Original Style übernimmt keine Haftung für das Aussehen der verschiedenen Muster. Aussengebrauch Original Style Bodenfliesen sind für den Außenbereich geeignet und frostbeständig, vorausgesetzt, dass sie so verlegt wurden, dass Regenwasser frei abfließen und nicht zwischen den Fliesen eindringen kann. Fliesen sollten nicht auf flachen Asphalt-Dächern in frostgefährdeten Gebieten verlegt werden. Im Freien verlegte Fliesen müssen mit HG Hagesan Impregnator, Lithofin oder KF Stain Stop imprägniert werden, um ihre wasserabweisenden Eigenschaften zu erhöhen. Fliesenfarben Weil die Fliesen aus natürlichem Ton bestehen, können zwischen Fliesen der gleichen Farbe Farbtonschwankungen auftreten. Vor dem Verlegen der Fliesen muss daher darauf geachtet werden, dass diese Farbunterschiede gleichmäßig verteilt sind, um eine zufriedenstellende Komposition zu erhalten. Die Farben in dieser Produktreihe entstehen durch Zugabe von Färbemittel zum natürlichen Ton. Handgemalte Fliesen werden im Siebdruckverfahren mit Tintenfarben bedruckt, die zwar die Fliesenfarben ergänzen, diesen aber u. U. nicht hundertprozentig entsprechen. Treppenstufen und lichtreflexionswert Wir empfehlen, dass eine andere Farbe zum angrenzenden Muster gewählt wird, um eine zusätzliche, optische Trennung bei Stufen- und Treppenkanten zu erreichen (erhältlich in Dover White, Red und Black). Treppenstufen sind 9 mm dick. Sie werden eingesetzt, um an Kanten, wie sie z. B. bei Treppen vorhanden sind, zusätzliche Verstärkung zu bieten (siehe Foto auf Seite 51). Kalkulieren der erforderlichen fliesenmengen Für Muster messen Sie die zu verlegende Fläche in Quadratmetern und multiplizieren Sie diesen Wert mit der Menge, die für das jeweilige Muster angegeben ist. Planen Sie zusätzlich 10% für Verschnitt ein. Für Bordüren messen Sie die Länge in Metern und multiplizieren Sie diesen Wert mit der Menge, die für das jeweilige Muster angegeben ist. Planen Sie zusätzlich 10% für Verschnitt ein. In den meisten Fällen wird ein Schneiden der Fliesen unumgänglich sein. Muster und bordüren Alle in dieser Broschüre vorgestellten Muster und Bordüren können in beliebigen Kombinationen der auf Seite 46 aufgeführten Farben geliefert werden. Die Abbildungen sind nicht hundertprozentig maßstabsgetreu und dürfen nicht für die detaillierte Flächenplanung verwendet werden. Beziehen Sie sich bitte auf die Fliesenmaße auf Seite 46. Die Breite der Bordüren kann durch Hinzufügen oder Entfernen von Rechtecken bzw. Trapezen aus den Beispielen in dieser Broschüre variiert werden (in diesem Fall wird die Bordüre in der Bildunterschrift als „modifizierte“ Version der Muster auf den Seiten 32-35 beschrieben). Die gezeigten Farbkombinationen sollen lediglich als Anregung dienen. Cad-datenbank Raumgestalter und Architekten, die mit CAD-System (computergestützter Entwurf) arbeiten, können zwecks Planung von geometrischen Bodenmustern eine kostenlose CAD- Datenbank anfordern. Diese kann auf unserer Website unter www.originalstyle.com/cad heruntergeladen werden. Auf diese Weise können Sie: • Fliesenanordnung im jeweiligen Zusammenhang visualisieren • Fliesenanordnungen von Grund auf neu gestalten • Mit verschiedenen Farb-, Muster- und Bordürenkombinationen experimentieren • Erforderliche Mengen berechnen Damit Sie die CAD Datenbank nutzen können muss bereits eine CAD Software auf Ihrem Rechner installiert sein. Für weitere Informationen hierzu, rufen Sie unseren Kundendienst unter Tel. +44 (0)1392 473001 an. Fotografie Aufgrund von Abweichungen bei der Studiobeleuchtung und Druckfarben können die Fliesenfarben, die in dieser Broschüre dargestellt sind, leicht von den Farben der tatsächlichen Fliesen abweichen. Bevor Sie Ihre Auswahl treffen, sollten Sie zuvor immer einen Einzelhändler für Original Style nach Mustern fragen. Haftungsbeschränkungen Original Style übernimmt für die fehlerhafte Installation seiner Fliesen keine Haftung. Sollte es Reklamationen bezüglich der Fliesen selbst geben, dann beschränkt sich die gesetzlich eingeräumte Haftung von Original Style lediglich auf den Artikelaustausch oder Kostenrückerstattung. Reklamationen müssen innerhalb von sieben Arbeitstagen nach Erhalt der Fliesen eingereicht werden. Fliesen müssen vor der Installation kontrolliert werden. Eine Reklamation nach der Installation ist nicht möglich. Bitte beachten Sie, dass Sie durch die Installation Qualität, Farbgebung, Textur, Größe und Farbton der Fliesen akzeptieren. Original Style gewährleistet die beschreibungs- und zweckgemäße Fabrikationsausführung der Fliesen. Original Style gibt keine weiteren ausdrücklichen oder impliziten Garantien hinsichtlich Eignung der Artikel für besondere Installationsarten. Wir geben weder ausdrücklich noch implizit eine Garantieverlängerung auf Abnutzungsverhalten oder Instandhaltungsverfahren. Befolgen Sie unbedingt die Anweisungen der Hersteller von Fugenmasse und Kleber hinsichtlich der Eignung für unsere Produkte. Im Zweifelsfall wenden Sie sich bitte an den Fachhändler für Fugenmasse / Kleber, von dem Sie die Produkte gekauft haben. Original Style übernimmt keine Verantwortung bezüglich der Gebrauchstauglichkeit von Klebern und Fugenmasse von Drittanbietern. Die Verwendung von bestimmten, säurebasierten Reinigungsprodukten kann bei einigen Fliesen Reaktionen und Änderungen im Erscheinungsbild hervorrufen.

ImportantInformation Installatie Raadpleeg, voordat u tegels uit deze brochure zet, de installatiegids Original Style Victorian Floor Tiles, www.originalstyle.com/vft-fixing.html. We adviseren ten zeerste dat onze tegels worden gezet door een ervaren, professionele tegelzetter. De juiste zetting van alle keramieken tegels is afhankelijk van hun zetting op een deugdelijke, vlakke ondergrond en het gebruik van de juiste lijmen voor die ondergrond. We raden het direct zetten op nat cement af. U kunt gedetailleerde richtlijnen nalezen in BS5385: Part 3: 1989. Advies ten aanzien van voegen De ruimte tussen de tegels moet 2/3mm bedragen en het voegen moet worden gedaan met een grijs cementvoegmiddel. Gekleurde voegen, waaronder zwart, kunnen leiden tot vlekken op de tegels en worden NIET aanbevolen. Bescherming tegen vlekken De Victoriaanse tegels van Original Style zijn niet geglazuurd. Ondanks dat ze worden geclassificeerd als verglaasd, raden we impregnering aan. Intern gebruik Een impregneerder, zoals HG Hagesan Impregnator, kan worden gebruikt ter bescherming tegen permanente vlekken. Het is belangrijk dat niet meer wordt aangebracht dan de tegels kunnen absorberen. Alle overtollige impregneerder moet worden verwijderd. De gezette tegels moeten vervolgens worden afgedicht met een wax of een acrylcoating, zoals HG Golvpolish, om het schoonmaken te vereenvoudigen. Extern gebruik Voor buitengebruik hanteert u een UV-bestendige impregneerder om de tegels te beschermen tegen permanente vlekken. Het is belangrijk dat niet meer wordt aangebracht dan de tegels kunnen absorberen. Alle overtollige impregneerder moet worden verwijderd. Alle afdichtings- en reinigingsaanbevelingen zijn te vinden in de installatiegids Victorian Floor Tiles op www.originalstyle.com/vft-fixing.html. Variatie in afmetingen De gegevens afmetingen zijn nominaal. Als gevolg van de aard van het kleiverhittingsproces kunnen de afmetingen van de tegels tot aan 1,2 procent afwijken van de werkgrootte. Tegelzetters dienen zich ervan bewust te zijn dat voor patronen met tegels van één nominale grootte in twee verschillende kleuren grotere voegnaden noodzakelijk zijn om tegemoet te komen aan deze variatie. Wees voorzichtig De tegelpatronen, CAD-tekeningen en randen hebben alleen een illustratief doel. Ze dienen niet te worden gebruikt als precieze voorbeelden voor individuele installaties. Met name het snijden van tegen – om de uiteinden van patronen te voltooien en hoeken te creëren – is in elk geval anders. Original Style is niet aansprakelijk voor de reproductie van de ontwerpen. Exterieur gebruik De vloertegels van Original Style zijn geschikt voor buitengebruik en zijn vorstbestendig, mits ze op zodanige wijze worden gezet dat het regenwater onbelemmerd ervan af kan lopen en niet tussen de tegels door kan dringen. Tegels dienen niet te worden gebruikt op platte asfaltdaken in gebieden met vorst. Tegels die buiten worden gebruikt moeten worden geïmpregneerd met HG Hagesan Impregnator, Lithofin of KF Stain Stop om de waterafstotendheid te vergroten. Tegelkleuren Omdat de tegels zijn gemaakt van natuurlijke klei, kan er sprake zijn van enige variatie in schakering van tegels met dezelfde kleur. Het is daarom belangrijk dat dergelijke verschillen in schakering gelijkmatig worden verdeeld voor een bevredigend eindresultaat voordat de tegels worden gezet. De kleuren in de reeks worden geproduceerd door patronen toe te voegen aan de natuurlijke klei. Met de hand versierde tegels worden gezeefdrukt met inkten in kleuren die niet volledig overeen hoeven te komen met de tegelkleuren, ondanks dat ze deze wel aanvullen. Tegels voor trappen en lichtreflectiewaarde (light reflection value, lichtreflectiewaarde) We raden aan dat traptegels met een andere kleur worden geselecteerd ten opzichte van de nabijgelegen patronen voor een bijkomende visuele indicatie voor de treden en trappen (beschikbaar in Dover White, Red en Black). Traptegels zijn 9mm dik. Ze worden gebruikt (zoals afgebeeld in foto) voor extra sterkte op hoeken van bijvoorbeeld trappen. Schatting van benodigde hoeveelheden Meet voor patronen het door het patroon te bedekken gebied in vierkante meters en vermenigvuldig de gegeven hoeveelheden voor specifieke patronen. Voeg 10% toe voor verspilling. Meet voor randen de lengte van de randen in meters en vermenigvuldig de hoeveelheden gegeven voor specifieke patronen. Voeg 10% toe voor verspilling. In de meeste gevallen is een zeker mate van snijden noodzakelijk. Patronen en randen Alle vermelde patronen en randen in deze brochure kunnen in alle op pagina 46 aangeduide kleurencombinaties worden geleverd. Afgebeelde schalen dienen niet te worden gebruikt voor gedetailleerde planningen van vloeren. Zie de tegelafmetingen op pagina 46. De breedte van de randen kan worden aangepast door rechthoeken en/of trapeziums toe te voegen of te verwijderen aan/van de vertoonde voorbeelden in deze brochure (als dit het geval is, dan wordt dit aangeduid als een ‘aangepaste’ versie van de patronen op pagina’s 32 – 35). De afgebeelde kleurencombinaties fungeren enkel als richtlijnen. Database met computerpatronen Interieurontwerpers en architecten met CAD-systemen (computerondersteunend ontwerpen) kunnen een kosteloze CAD-database ontvangen voor het plannen van vloeren met geometrische vloeren. Deze kan worden gedownload op onze website: www.originalstyle.com/cad. Hiermee kunt u: • Voltooide tegelvloeren weergeven in de bedoelde omgeving • Tegelzettingen vanaf het begin ontwerpen • Experimenteren met verschillende combinaties van kleuren/patronen/randen • Overzichten van hoeveelheden berekenen Om gebruik te maken van het CAD database heeft u een CAD software programma nodig. Voor verdere informatie kunt u contact opnemen met onze klantenservice +44 (0)1392 473001. Fotografie Als gevolg van variaties in studiobelichting en printinkten kunnen de in deze brochure afgebeelde kleuren enigszins afwijken van die van de daadwerkelijke tegels. We raden altijd aan dat u uw Original Style-leverancier vraagt om enkele voorbeelden. Aansprakelijkheidsbeperking Original Style is niet aansprakelijk voor de verkeerde installatie van zijn producten. In geval van claims met betrekking tot de tegels zelf is de aansprakelijkheid van Original Style, voor zover dit wettelijk is toegestaan, beperkt tot het vervangen van het product of het vergoeden van de kosten van het product, en is gevolgschade niet inbegrepen. Claims moeten binnen zeven werkdagen na ontvangst van de tegels worden ingediend. De tegels moeten worden geïnspecteerd voordat deze worden gezet. Claims worden niet behandeld nadat de tegels zijn gezet. We wijzen u erop dat tot de zetting het aanvaarden van de hoeveelheid, kleur, structuur, afmetingen en schakering van de tegels behoort. Original Style garandeert dat zijn tegels overeenkomen met hun omschrijving en geschikt zijn voor het beoogde gebruik. Original Style maakt geen andere uitdrukkelijke of impliciete garanties met betrekking tot de geschiktheid van de producten voor bepaalde installaties. We maken geen garanties, uitdrukkelijk of impliciet, ten aanzien van slijtagebestendigheid of onderhoudsmaatregelen. Het is van groot belang dat de instructies van de producent voor voeg- en lijmmiddelen worden opgevolgd ten aanzien van hun geschiktheid in combinatie met onze producten. Raadpleeg de leverancier van de voeg- en lijmmiddelen van wie u de producten hebt gekocht in geval van twijfel. Original Style maakt geen beweringen over de geschiktheid voor gebruik van de lijmen en voegmiddelen van derde partijen. We wijzen u erop dat het gebruik van bepaalde bijtende reinigingsmiddelen kan leiden tot een reactie van de tegels, waarvan het uiterlijk kan veranderen. Victorian Floor Tiles I 51

Original Style produces other ranges, including ceramic, glass and stone tiles. Please ask your retailer for copies of these brochures. Please return this brochure to your Original Style stockist. UK Sales: +44 (0)1392 473000 Export Sales: +44 (0)1392 473001 Fax: +44 (0)1392 473003 Email: info@originalstyle.com Website: www.originalstyle.com The ‘Original Style’ logo is a registered trade mark of Original Style Ltd. Original Style Limited is registered in England number 3018117. Registered Offi ce: Falcon Road, Sowton Industrial Estate, Exeter, Devon, England EX2 7LF Your Original Style stockist £2.00 €3.00 $3.50 VFT/03/10 © Copyright Original Style 2010.

roll top

RECOR primrose Opções ~ Custos extra: Acabamento exterior ~ Fundo anti-deslizante Furos para torneiras ~ Pés princess (1) Options ~ Extra costs: Outside finishing ~ Antislip ~ Tap holes Princess feet (1) INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION Ø53 A D * H Ø53 E J 75 B G C F I * Opção ~Option 375 180 Ø35 Esmaltado White enamelled Cromado Chromed Escovado Brush nickel plated DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) Latonado Brass plated Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1700 04 > 05 1700 680 492 1620 585 620 465 390 675 250 - - - - - - - A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R KG PESO/WEIGHT 128 1700 LT VOL. 215

primrose

RECOR antique Opções ~ Custos extra: Acabamento exterior ~ Fundo anti-deslizante Furos para torneiras Pés leão (1) ~ Pés bola G&H (2) Pedestal apenas na ref. 1800 (3) Options ~ Extra costs: Outside finishing ~ Antislip ~ Tap holes Lion feet (1) ~ Ball G&H feet (2) Pedestal only in ref. 1800 (3) INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION Ø53 A D * G C F I H Ø53 E J B * Opção ~ Option 180 Ø35 Esmaltado White enamelled Latonado Brass plated Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1540 1800 1540 1800 750 770 402 462 1400 1660 Cromado Chromed 610 610 Escovado Brush nickel plated DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) 535 595 420 420 308 368 730 790 06 > 07 A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R 300 300 - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 120 - - 1540 - - LT VOL. 175 - - - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 137 - - 1800 LT - - VOL. 195

antique

RECOR slipper Opções ~ Custos extra: Acabamento exterior ~ Fundo anti-deslizante Furos para torneiras ~ Pés artísticos (1) ~ Pés império (2) Options ~ Extra costs: Outside finishing ~ Antislip ~ Tap holes Ball & claw feet (1) ~ Imperial feet (2) Esmaltado White enamelled Cromado Chromed Escovado Brush nickel plated INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) J M N Ø53 A D E Ø53 B Ø35 180 H C F I * Opção ~Option Latonado Brass plated Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1370 1540 1700 1370 1540 1700 765 765 760 445 445 450 1140 1380 1548 600 600 608 582 582 580 - - - 08 > 09 A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R KG PESO/WEIGHT 115 353 353 370 1370 779 779 795 LT VOL. 165 290 290 300 - - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 121 740 740 730 1540 580 580 578 LT VOL. 180 - - - - - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 125 - - - 1700 LT - - - VOL. 205

slipper

RECOR dual Opções ~ Custos extra: Acabamento exterior ~ Fundo anti-deslizante Furos para torneiras ~ Aba redonda ~ Pés império (1) Pés em madeira (2) ~ Pedestal (3) Options ~ Extra costs: Outside finishing ~ Antislip ~ Tap holes Roll rim ~ Imperial feet (1) ~ Wood feet (2) ~ Pedestal (3) INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION A D Ø53 H Ø53 E J B F C G * Opção ~Option 300 180 Ø35 Esmaltado White enamelled Cromado Chromed Escovado Brush nickel plated Latonado Brass plated Madeira clara Light wood Madeira escura Dark wood - wenge DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1540 1700 1540 1700 780 780 473 475 1410 1560 620 620 585 585 450 450 370 372 - - 285 275 - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 115 - - 1540 LT - - VOL. 170 - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 130 1700 LT 10 > 11 Madeira de carvalho Natural oak - - - - - - VOL. 190

dual

RECOR eiffel Opções ~ Custos extra: Acabamento exterior ~ Fundo anti-deslizante Furos para torneiras ~ Saia exterior em cobre Options ~ Extra costs: Outside finishing ~ Antislip ~ Tap holes Solid copper skirt INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION A D Ø53 H * Ø53 E 75 J B G C F I * Opção ~Option 375 180 Ø35 A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1700 DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) 1700 680 492 1620 585 665 465 390 725 250 - - - - - - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 198 1700 12 > 13 LT VOL. 215

eiffel

RECOR chateau Opções ~ Custos extra: Acabamento exterior ~ Fundo anti-deslizante Furos para torneiras Options ~ Extra costs: Outside finishing ~ Antislip ~ Tap holes INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION A D Ø53 H * Ø53 E 75 J B G * Opção ~Option 375 180 C F I Ø35 A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1700 DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) 1700 680 492 1620 585 665 465 390 725 250 - - - - - - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 198 1700 14 > 15 LT VOL. 215

chateau

RECOR epoque Opções ~ Custos extra: Acabamento exterior ~ Saia exterior em cobre Saia exterior em alumínio ~Saia exterior em pele Fundo anti-deslizante ~Furos para torneiras Options ~ Extra costs: Outside finishing ~ Solid copper skirt ~ Aluminium skirt Leather skirt ~ Antislip ~ Tap holes INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION * A D Ø53 H Ø53 E 75 J B G * Opção ~Option 375 180 C F I Ø35 DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1700 1700 680 492 1620 585 665 465 390 725 250 - - - - - - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 198 1700 16 > 17 LT VOL. 215

epoque

RECOR iris Opções ~ Custos extra: Acabamento exterior ~ Saia exterior em cobre Saia exterior em alumínio ~ Saia exterior em pele Fundo anti-deslizante ~Furos para torneiras Options ~ Extra costs: Outside finishing ~ Solid copper skirt Aluminium skirt ~ Leather skirt Antislip ~ Tap holes INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION Ø53 * A D H Ø53 E 75 J B G C F I * Opção ~Option 375 180 Ø35 DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1700 1700 680 492 1620 585 665 465 390 725 250 - - - - - - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 198 1700 18 > 19 LT VOL. 215

iris

RECOR denise Opções ~ Custos extra: Acabamento exterior ~ Fundo anti-deslizante Furos para torneiras ~ Pés rectangulares (1) Pés em madeira (2) Options ~ Extra costs: Outside finishing ~ Antislip ~ Tap holes Square feet (1) ~ Wood feet (2) INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION Ø53 A D * H Ø53 G F C Ø35 B E * Opção ~Option 180 J DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1800 Cromado Chromed Escovado Brush nickel plated Latonado Brass plated Madeira de carvalho Natural oak Madeira clara Light wood KG PESO/WEIGHT 163 1800 20 > 21 Madeira escura Dark wood - wenge 1800 800 535 1630 625 656 480 427 - 400 - - - - - - - LT VOL. 250

denise

RECOR lyra Opções ~ Custos extra: Acabamento exterior ~ Fundo anti-deslizante Furos para torneiras ~ Pés lyra (1) ~ Pés em madeira (2) Options ~ Extra costs: Outside finishing ~ Antislip ~ Tap holes Lyra feet (1) ~ Wood feet (2) INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION Ø53 * A D Ø53 H E J G B C * Opção ~Option 180 Ø35 I A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1770 Esmaltado White enamelled Cromado Chromed Madeira de carvalho Natural oak Escovado Brush nickel plated Madeira escura Dark wood ~ wenge Latonado Brass plated DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) Madeira clara Light wood 1770 790 500 1485 580 - 470 385 610 295 - - - - - - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 118 1770 22 > 23 LT VOL. 175

lyra

RECOR star Opções ~ Custos extra: Fundo anti-deslizante ~ Furos para torneiras Pegas cromadas ou douradas ~ Pés reguláveis Hidromassagem Options ~ Extra costs: Antislip ~ Tap holes Chromed or golden handgrips ~ Adjustable feet Hydromassage INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION A D L Ø53 J * B E Ø53 C H * Opção ~Option Ø35 180 Pormenor da aba ~ Rim detail DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1500 1700 1500 1700 750 750 435 435 1335 1535 625 625 - - - - 370 370 - - 24 > 25 A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R 310 310 400 400 KG PESO/WEIGHT 98 - - 1500 - - LT VOL. 150 - - - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 115 - - 1700 LT - - VOL. 170

star

RECOR caprice Opções ~ Custos extra: Fundo anti-deslizante ~ Furos para torneiras Pés standard ~ Hidromassagem Options ~ Extra costs: Antislip ~ Tap holes Standard feet ~ Hydromassage INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION Ø53 Ø53 * A D H G F C B E J * Opção ~Option Pormenor da aba ~ Rim detail Ø35 180 A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1800 DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) KG PESO/WEIGHT 167 1800 26 > 27 1800 800 535 1630 625 656 480 427 - 400 - - - - - - - LT VOL. 250

caprice

RECOR classic Opções ~ Custos extra: Fundo anti-deslizante ~ Furos para torneiras Pegas cromadas ou douradas ~ Pés reguláveis Hidromassagem Options ~ Extra costs: Antislip ~ Tap holes Chromed or golden handgrips ~ Adjustable feet Hydromassage INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION A D B Ø53 J * E Ø53 H C * Opção ~Option Ø35 180 Pormenor da aba ~ Rim detail DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1700 1800 1700 1800 750 810 470 485 1530 1630 600 620 - - - - 393 400 - - 325 325 - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 132 - - 1700 LT - - VOL. 220 - - - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 142 - - 1800 28 > 29 LT - - VOL. 250

classic

RECOR normal Opções ~ Custos extra: Fundo anti-deslizante Pegas cromadas ou douradas ~ Pés reguláveis Hidromassagem Options ~ Extra costs: Antislip ~ Chromed or golden handgrips Adjustable feet Hydromassage INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION L A D Ø53 J G E Ø53 B Pormenor da aba ~ Rim detail H C 1500 1500 Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1600 1700 1700 672 755 452 465 1385 1545 560 1600 690 430 1460 550 600 DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) - - - 400 400 400 A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R KG PESO/WEIGHT 98 381 370 393 1500 - - - LT VOL. 150 230 310 305 420 400 445 KG PESO/WEIGHT 99 - - - 1600 LT - - - VOL. 160 - - - - - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 117 - - - 1700 30 > 31 LT - - - VOL. 170

normal

RECOR ideal Opções ~ Custos extra: Fundo anti-deslizante ~ Furos para torneiras ref. 1700 Pegas cromadas ou douradas ~ Pés reguláveis Hidromassagem Options ~ Extra costs: Antislip ~ Tap holes ref. 1700 Chromed or golden handgrips ~ Adjustable feet Hydromassage INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION A D Ø53 G * J B E C Ø53 H * Opção ~Option Ø35 180 Pormenor da aba ~ Rim detail Ref. 1600 Ref. 1700 A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1600 1700 1600 640 1700 690 325 360 1490 1575 520 550 DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) - - 330 390 255 288 - - 275 330 - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 88 - - 1600 LT - - VOL. 105 - - - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 103 - - 1700 32 > 33 LT - - VOL. 125

ideal

RECOR vicky Opções ~ Custos extra: Fundo anti-deslizante ~ Furos para torneiras Pegas cromadas ou douradas ~ Pés reguláveis Hidromassagem Options ~ Extra costs: Antislip ~ Tap holes Chromed or golden handgrips ~ Adjustable feet Hydromassage INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION A D Ø53 * E J C H Ø35 Ø53 180 B * Opção ~Option Pormenor da aba ~ Rim detail A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1000 1200 1400 1500 1600 1700 1000 1200 1400 1500 1600 1700 700 700 700 700 700 377 405 420 415 420 840 1240 1345 1440 1540 560 700 400 1060 560 560 560 560 560 DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) - - - - - - - - - - - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 65 KG PESO/WEIGHT 108 315 325 328 350 337 350 1000 1500 LT VOL. 85 LT - - - - - - VOL. 145 305 310 310 310 310 310 - - - - - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 81 KG PESO/WEIGHT 110 - - - - - - 1200 1600 LT VOL. 100 LT - - - - - - VOL. 160 - - - - - - - - - - - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 97 KG PESO/WEIGHT 113 - - - - - - 1400 1700 34 > 35 LT VOL. 130 LT - - - - - - VOL. 175

vicky

RECOR trópica Opções ~ Custos extra: Fundo anti-deslizante ~ Furos para torneiras Pegas cromadas ou douradas ~ Pés reguláveis Hidromassagem Options ~ Extra costs: Antislip ~ Tap holes Chromed or golden handgrips ~ Adjustable feet Hydromassage INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION L A B D E J Ø53 * Opção ~Option Pormenor da aba ~ Rim detail Ø53 Ø35 * H C 180 A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1700 1800 1700 1800 800 800 450 460 1535 1615 675 685 DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) - - - - 385 385 - - 310 310 420 432 KG PESO/WEIGHT 125 - - 1700 LT - - VOL. 130 - - - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 142 - - 1800 36 > 37 LT - - VOL. 140

trópica

RECOR bavaria Opções ~ Custos extra: Fundo anti-deslizante ~ Furos para torneiras Pegas cromadas ou douradas ~ Pés reguláveis Hidromassagem Options ~ Extra costs: Antislip ~ Tap holes ~ Chromed or golden handgrips Adjustable feet ~ Hydromassage INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION L A D Ø53 J * B E Ø35 Ø53 H C * Opção ~Option 180 Pormenor da aba ~ Rim detail A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1800 DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) KG PESO/WEIGHT 155 1800 38 > 39 1800 800 525 1640 630 - - 456 - 300 490 - - - - - - LT VOL. 255

bavaria

G RECOR siesta Opções ~ Custos extra: Fundo anti-deslizante ~ Furos para torneiras Pegas cromadas ou douradas ~ Pés reguláveis Hidromassagem Options ~ Extra costs: Antislip ~ Tap holes ~ Chromed or golden handgrips Adjustable feet ~ Hydromassage INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION A D Ø53 J * Ø53 B E * Opção ~Option Ø35 180 H C Pormenor da aba ~ Rim detail 1700 750 453 1540 630 - 400 373 - 312 - - - - - - - A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1700 DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) KG PESO/WEIGHT 124 1700 40 > 41 LT VOL. 170

siesta

RECOR poliban Opções ~ Custos extra: Fundo anti-deslizante Options ~ Extra costs: Antislip INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION O C P Q Ø30 A Ø53 R Ø30 G E A Pormenor da aba ~ Rim detail POLIBAN DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) 810 - 285 - 720 - 460 - - - - - - 160 250 170 520 A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R POLIBAN KG PESO/WEIGHT 54 42 > 43 LT VOL. 55 Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements

poliban

RECOR bases de chuveiro ~ shower trays Opções ~ Custos extra: Fundo anti-deslizante Options ~ Extra costs: Antislip INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION A A B C L J J Ø53 D A Pormenor da aba Rim detail J C L J A Ø53 D A Pormenor da aba Rim detail A B 720x100 800x100 800x150 900x150 720 800 DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) 44 > 45 A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R 720x100 800x100 800 900 A B - - - - 97 100 165 165 610 690 670 780 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 30 800x150 KG PESO/WEIGHT 42 LT VOL. 23 LT VOL. 40 KG PESO/WEIGHT 35 A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R 140 140 190 190 75 75 135 135 - - - - - - - - 900x150 KG PESO/WEIGHT 45 Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - LT VOL. 27 LT - - - - VOL. 50

bases de chuveiro ~ shower trays

RECOR base de chuveiro ~ shower tray Opções ~ Custos extra: Fundo anti-deslizante Options ~ Extra costs: Antislip INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION C J A D ø90 E B Pormenor da aba Rim detail 1600x800 DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) 46 > 47 1600 800 60 1480 680 - - - - 180 - - - - - - - A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R 1600 KG PESO/WEIGHT 95 Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements

base de chuveiro ~ shower tray

RECOR roll top Opções ~ Custos extra: Acabamento exterior ~ Fundo anti-deslizante Furos para torneiras Pés royal (1) ~ Pés império (2) ~ Pés artísticos (3) Pedestal apenas na ref. 1540 (4) Options ~ Extra costs: Outside finishing ~ Antislip ~ Tap holes Royal feet (1) ~ Imperial feet (2) ~ Ball & claw feet (3) Pedestal only in ref. 1540 (4) INFORMAÇÃO TÉCNICA - TECHNICAL INFORMATION A D L Ø53 E * J B Ø53 H C F Ø31 88 150 Ø35 Ø63,5 61 * Opção ~Option 180 350 Esmaltado White enamelled Cromado Chromed A B C D E F G H I J L M N O P Q R Válvula de segurança disponível com 63mm ~ Overflow hole available with 63mm Medidas aproximadas ~ Approximate measurements 1370 1540 1700 1370 1540 1700 765 770 775 455 470 473 1240 1400 1580 Escovado Brush nickel plated 615 615 615 KG PESO/WEIGHT 95 1370 LT VOL. 175 Latonado Brass plated DIMENSÕES -DIMENSIONS (mm) 590 610 610 - - - 363 383 390 - - - 290 290 290 430 440 440 KG PESO/WEIGHT 116 - - - 1540 LT - - - VOL. 200 - - - - - - KG PESO/WEIGHT 132 - - - 1700 02 > 03 LT - - - VOL. 225